2014/810/EU: Guideline of the European Central Bank of 4 April 2014 on monetary and financial statistics (recast) (ECB/2014/15)
Date: 2014-04-04
Institutions: European Central Bank
Subjects: EU statistics, central bank, disclosure of information, euro area, financial control, financial statistics, money market




L_2014340EN.01000101.xml










26.11.2014   


EN


Official Journal of the European Union


L 340/1








            GUIDELINE OF THE EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK
         
of 4 April 2014
         
on monetary and financial statistics
(recast)

(ECB/2014/15)


(2014/810/EU)



THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK,

Having regard to the Statute of the European System of Central Banks and of the European Central Bank, and in particular Articles 5.1, 12.1 and 14.3 thereof,


Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 1745/2003 of the European Central Bank of 12 September 2003 on the application of minimum reserves (ECB/2003/9) (1),


Having regard to Council Regulation (EC) No 2533/98 of 23 November 1998 concerning the collection of statistical information by the European Central Bank (2),


Having regard to Council Directive 86/635/EEC of 8 December 1986 on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of banks and other financial institutions (3),


Having regard to Guideline ECB/2010/20 of 11 November 2010 on the legal framework for accounting and financial reporting in the European System of Central Banks (4),

Whereas:







(1)


Guideline ECB/2007/9 (5) has been significantly amended. Since further amendments are to be made, in particular in the light of Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council (6) concerning the European system of national and regional accounts and the consequent changes in relevant European Central Bank (ECB) statistical regulations, it should be recast in the interests of clarity.












(2)


For compiling statistics on the aggregated balance sheet of the monetary financial institution (MFI) sector for the euro area and for individual Member States whose currency is the euro (hereinafter the ‘euro area Member States’), as well as the euro area consolidated balance sheet of the MFI sector and the relevant euro area monetary aggregates, the ECB requires the reporting of data on the ECB balance sheet, and on balance sheets relating to the MFI sector of euro area Member States. Data are to be reported by national central banks (NCBs) in accordance with this Guideline and using the input collected in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2013/33) (7).












(3)


In order to derive monetary aggregates the ECB collects from the NCBs of the euro area Member States statistical information on post office giro institutions (POGIs) that receive deposits from non-monetary financial institution euro area residents in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1074/2013 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2013/39) (8) and on central government assets and liabilities in accordance with this Guideline.












(4)


The ECB compiles statistics on the aggregated balance sheet of sub-groups of the MFI sector, and specifically on money market funds (MMFs) and credit institutions. To derive these statistics for the euro area and individual euro area Member States, the ECB collects from the NCBs data on the assets and liabilities of MMFs in accordance with this Guideline.












(5)


NCBs may transmit to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) supplementary statistics on the balance sheet of the MFI sector via the ECB in accordance with the templates specified in this Guideline.












(6)


To better analyse developments in MFI loans to non-financial corporations in the euro area and individual euro area Member States, the ECB requires NCBs to report, where available, data on MFI loans to non-financial corporations by branch of activity. The data requirements are specified in this Guideline.












(7)


To complement the analysis of credit developments in the euro area and individual euro area Member States, NCBs are requested to provide information on MFI credit lines broken down by institutional sector in accordance with this Guideline.












(8)


To produce statistics on the reserve base of credit institutions for the euro area and individual euro area Member States in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1745/2003 (ECB/2003/9), the ECB requires data from NCBs in accordance with this Guideline. NCBs provide their input using data collected from credit institutions pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).












(9)


In order to derive statistics on interest rates applied by MFIs to deposits and loans vis-à-vis households and non-financial corporations for the euro area and individual euro area Member States, the ECB collects information from NCBs in accordance with this Guideline. NCBs provide their input using data collected in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2013/34) (9).












(10)


The ECB compiles statistics on the assets and liabilities of investment funds (IFs) and financial vehicle corporations engaged in securitisation transactions (‘FVCs’) for the euro area and individual euro area Member States based on data provided by NCBs in accordance with this Guideline. NCBs provide their input using data collected in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2013/38) (10) and Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2013/40) (11).












(11)


To obtain an overview of the size and development of the issuance of electronic money, the ECB requires NCBs to report statistical information on electronic money institutions in accordance with this Guideline.












(12)


The ECB maintains the Register of Institutions and Affiliates Database (RIAD), a central repository of reference data on institutional units relevant for statistical purposes. RIAD stores, inter alia, the lists of MFIs, IFs, FVCs and payment statistics relevant institutions (PSRIs). This Guideline specifies the provisions governing how NCBs report the required data to the ECB.












(13)


The ECB compiles statistics on the assets and liabilities of pension funds (PFs) for the euro area and individual euro area Member States based on data provided by NCBs in accordance with this Guideline.












(14)


To obtain an overview of other financial intermediaries except insurance corporations and pension funds (OFIs), the ECB requires NCBs to report statistical information on security and derivative dealers (SDDs), financial corporations engaged in lending (FCLs), and other OFIs in accordance with this Guideline. In addition, the ECB requires NCBs to report statistical information on central counterparties (CCPs).












(15)


The ECB compiles statistics on securities issues for the euro area and individual euro area Member States. The framework relies heavily on information that the ECB collects from NCBs in accordance with this Guideline.












(16)


In accordance with Article 2(1) of Regulation (EC) No 2533/98, the ECB compiles the balance of payments for the euro area and related external statistics and requires euro area Member States to report national balance of payments data. The quality assessment for the euro area balance of payments and international investment position statistics and the international reserves template should be performed in accordance with the ECB Statistics Quality Framework that encompasses, inter alia, assurance of an appropriate consistency with relevant euro area monetary and financial statistics (12).












(17)


To compile data on euro area structural financial indicators, consolidated banking data for euro area banking groups and statistics on sectoral and regional lending exposures of large euro area banking groups, the ECB requires NCBs to report statistical information in accordance with the templates specified in this Guideline.












(18)


To analyse developments in euro area payment systems and monitor their degree of integration, the ECB requires NCBs to report data in accordance with this Guideline, which complements Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2013/43) (13),





HAS ADOPTED THIS GUIDELINE:



Article 1

Scope

1.   
General


This Guideline establishes the NCBs’ obligations to report monetary and financial statistics to the ECB.
2.   
Reporting schemes, standards and transmission dates


NCBs shall report the items referred to in Articles 3 to 26 in accordance with the schemes set out in Annex II and in accordance with the electronic reporting standards set out in Annex III. By September of each year, the ECB shall communicate the exact transmission dates to NCBs in the form of a reporting calendar for the following year.
3.   
Back data reporting requirements in the case of adoption of the euro


In cases of adoption of the euro, the following rules shall apply:






(a)


For MFI and MMF balance sheet statistics and statistics on IF and FVC assets and liabilities, NCBs of Member States whose currency is not the euro (hereinafter the ‘non-euro area Member States’) that adopt the euro following the entry into force of this Guideline shall report to the ECB back data covering all reference periods from their accession to the Union, and in any case covering at least the three years prior to their accession to the euro area. Data shall be compiled by the NCB as if the Member State in question was part of the euro area throughout all reference periods. In order to fulfil this requirement, NCBs of countries that accede to the Union are recommended to implement the requirements of these datasets in accordance with the templates for non-euro area Member States.










(b)


In addition to this general requirement, the following requirements apply in respect of MFI balance sheet items (BSI) statistics:






(i)


back data shall also cover the three years prior to the Member State’s accession to the Union, unless otherwise agreed with the ECB;










(ii)


NCBs of euro area Member States shall report positions vis-à-vis Member States that adopt the euro following the entry into force of this Guideline covering the three years prior to the euro area enlargement, unless otherwise agreed with the ECB. This principle shall apply only to monthly outstanding amounts reported in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Reporting is mandatory only for those outstanding amounts exceeding EUR 50 million and is otherwise done on a voluntary basis.














(c)


For securities issues, the time series transmitted to the ECB shall commence from December 1989 for outstanding amounts, and from January 1990 for flows.










(d)


For payments statistics, five years of data shall be reported, including the latest reference year, on a best efforts basis.




4.   
Back data reporting requirements arising from the introduction of the new requirements in respect of monetary and financial statistics








(a)


Quarterly back data or estimates in line with the requirements of the revised European system of accounts (hereinafter the ‘ESA 2010’) laid down by Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 are needed for BSI, IF and FVC statistics as specified in Tables 1, 2 and 3 of Annex VI for the compilation of financial accounts. Data shall be reported to the ECB on a best efforts basis as follows: in September 2014 for the reference periods from Q4 2012 to Q2 2014; in December 2014 for the reference period Q3 2014; and in March 2015 for the reference period Q4 2014.










(b)


Back data or estimates for the new high priority features adopted in Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) as specified in Table 4 of Annex VI for the reference periods from June 2014 onwards are needed on a best efforts basis by May 2015 to avoid a delay in the actual publication.










(c)


Back data or estimates for the new features adopted in Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34) and this Guideline as specified in Table 5 of Annex VI for the reference periods from June 2014 onwards are needed on a best efforts basis by May 2015.






Article 2

Definitions

For the purposes of this Guideline:






(1)


‘reporting agent’ and ‘resident’ have the same meanings as defined in Article 1 of Regulation (EC) No 2533/98;










(2)


‘Eurosystem’ means the NCBs of the euro area Member States and the ECB;










(3)


‘credit institution’ has the same meaning as defined in Article 4(1)(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council (14);










(4)


‘other MFIs’ means all MFIs other than central banks.






Article 3

Balance sheet item statistics on MFIs

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs and the ECB’s business area responsible for financial reporting shall report monthly data to the ECB by close of business on the 15th working day following the end of the month to which the data relate, while quarterly data shall be reported by close of business on the 28th working day following the end of the quarter to which the data relate.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs may need to revise the data referring to the last period prior to the current reference period. In addition, revisions referring to previous periods may also occur, arising from, for example, mistakes, reclassifications, improved reporting procedures, etc. The ECB may process exceptional and ordinary revisions simultaneously or decide to postpone the processing of exceptional revisions until after the monthly production period for monetary aggregates.
The revision policy shall comply with the principles in the ECB’s ‘Manual on MFI balance sheet statistics’. To ensure a good balance between the quality of monetary statistics and their stability, and to enhance the consistency between the monthly and the quarterly statistics, exceptional revisions to the monthly data shall be reported at the time of submitting the quarterly statistics. Whenever revisions to monthly data are reported but the national data production framework does not allow the generation of corresponding quarterly revisions, NCBs shall ensure, on a best efforts basis, that the consistency between monthly and quarterly data is maintained, e.g. by means of estimates.
4.   
Checks monitoring the internal consistency of the data


Before transmitting data to the ECB, NCBs and the ECB’s business area responsible for financial reporting shall verify the internal consistency of the data in accordance with the checks defined and maintained by the ECB.
5.   
Grossing-up


6.   
Valuation methods and/or accounting rules


In compiling the central bank balance sheet, the NCBs and the ECB shall follow the harmonised accounting rules in Guideline ECB/2010/20 as amended and apply the bridging tables mentioned in Article 3(1). In particular:






(a)


where NCBs and the ECB are required for accounting purposes to revalue their securities portfolios on a monthly rather than quarterly basis, these revaluations shall also be reflected in the statistical balance sheet on a monthly basis;










(b)


for accounting items 9.5 ‘other claims within the Eurosystem (net)’ and 10.4 ‘other liabilities within the Eurosystem (net)’, NCBs shall identify assets separately from liabilities and report them on a gross basis;










(c)


where accounting item 14 ‘revaluation accounts’ is to be reported on a gross basis for accounting purposes, NCBs shall report it on a net basis for statistical purposes.




Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) lays down the relevant accounting principles for the purposes of statistical reporting as regards ‘other MFIs’. In particular, without prejudice to accounting practices and netting arrangements prevailing in the euro area Member States, all financial assets and liabilities shall be reported on a gross basis. In addition, in respect of deposits and loans the principal amount outstanding, excluding amounts written down or written off, shall be reported. NCBs may, exceptionally, allow the reporting of loans net of provisions and the reporting of purchased loans at the price agreed at the time of their acquisition, subject to the conditions laid down in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).
As regards the valuation of other balance sheet items, and especially of securities held and issued, it is recommended that NCBs apply a market valuation in line with the requirements of the ESA 2010. However, the general requirement laid down in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) that MFIs shall follow the national transposition of Directive 86/635/EEC as well as any other applicable international standards implies that valuation practices for securities and other assets vary. The application of non-standardised valuation rules is therefore acceptable as long as the book value does not diverge significantly from the market value.
7.   
Explanatory notes


When transmitting data to the ECB, the NCBs and the ECB’s business area responsible for financial reporting shall provide explanatory notes accompanying special developments relating to the most recent reference period, including explanations concerning ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’, as well as relevant revisions to back periods. In particular, the explanatory notes shall be reported for developments, ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ and revisions larger than EUR 5 billion (in absolute value) or in other cases when they are deemed economically significant, e.g. when developments in the reported series relate to large transactions during the reporting period, or when revisions determine significant changes in the economic interpretation of the aggregated developments. NCBs and the ECB shall provide additional explanations on the reported data at the request of the ECB.
The notes shall also indicate whether the identified significant developments, revisions or ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ affecting the reported series are final or still subject to investigation.
NCBs shall report the explanatory notes preferably at the time of the data transmission and in any case before the closing of data production.
The ECB shall store centrally the explanatory notes received from the NCBs for data monitoring and statistics clarification purposes. The ECB shall handle the information provided in the notes with due respect to the confidentiality regime applicable.
8.   
Special provisions relating to Tables 3 and 4 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)


NCBs may decide not to require MFIs to report in full in respect of the cells in Tables 3 and 4 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) corresponding to non-euro area Member States, if figures collected at a more aggregated level are insignificant. NCBs shall review at regular intervals, and at least once a year, whether or not these provisions continue to apply. When granting these derogations, NCBs shall report quarterly estimates derived in accordance with the following criteria:






(a)


the quarterly figures shall be estimated on the basis of data reported by MFIs at lower frequency; these data shall be carried forward into the missing period(s) by repeating them or applying appropriate statistical techniques to reflect any trend in the data or seasonal pattern;










(b)


the quarterly figures shall be estimated on the basis of data reported by MFIs on a more aggregated basis, or on the basis of specific breakdowns that the NCBs consider meaningful;










(c)


the quarterly figures shall be estimated on the basis of quarterly data collected from large MFIs responsible for at least 80 % of the business with the countries for which the reporting exemption applies;










(d)


the quarterly figures shall be estimated on the basis of alternative data sources such as the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) or on the basis of balance of payments data, after any necessary adjustments required due to differing concepts and definitions used in such alternative sources compared with those used in monetary and financial statistics are made; or










(e)


the quarterly figures shall be estimated on the basis of data for the countries for which the reporting exemption applies, reported quarterly by MFIs as a single total.






Article 4

Monitoring consistency between the NCB statistical balance sheet and its accounting balance sheet

1.   
Scope of monitoring


NCBs and the ECB shall monitor the consistency between their respective end-month aggregated balance sheet for statistical purposes as reported under Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) and their accounting items as reported for the Eurosystem’s weekly financial statement under Guideline ECB/2010/20, as amended.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall run checks on every item of monthly data in accordance with the template set out in Part 2 of Annex I. The checks shall be transmitted to the ECB with the corresponding quarterly data and the same deadline as defined in Article 3(2) for quarterly data.
For reporting periods where the dates of their Eurosystem end-month aggregated balance sheet for statistical purposes and its accounting items as reported for the Eurosystem’s weekly financial statement do not coincide, NCBs may compare the statistical data with the daily balance sheet produced for the last working day of the month. As the compiler of its own balance sheet, the ECB shall follow the same procedure.
3.   
ECB monitoring


The ECB shall monitor the results of the consistency checks and may require NCBs to follow up on the relevant discrepancies.


Article 5

Statistics on electronic money

(a)   
Monthly or quarterly statistical reporting requirements on electronic money issued by MFIs not granted a derogation under Article 9(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)


(b)   
Annual statistical reporting requirements on electronic money issued by all electronic money institutions that are not credit institutions or by small MFIs granted a derogation under Article 9(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)




Article 6

Statistics on POGIs and central government

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The series shall be reported on a monthly basis and with the same timeliness as specified in Article 3(2) for the monthly BSI statistics.


Article 7

Memorandum items

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The series shall be reported monthly for the items referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of Part 4 of Annex II and quarterly for the items referred to in Section 3 of Part 4 of Annex II and with the same timeliness as the mandatory monthly and quarterly MFI balance sheet statistics reported in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).
3.   
Valuation methods and/or accounting rules


Memorandum items required under this article shall be reported following the same valuation and accounting rules as apply to the data reported in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).


Article 8

Reserve base statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


Monthly statistics on the aggregated reserve base, broken down by type of liability, shall be calculated as end-month stocks in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1745/2003 (ECB/2003/9) and with the categories set out in Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Data required to produce these statistics in accordance with Part 5 of Annex II shall be drawn from the data that credit institutions subject to minimum reserve requirements submit to NCBs.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The reserve base statistics shall comprise six time series for credit institutions, referring to month-end stock figures to be transmitted to the ECB on a monthly basis, at the latest by the NCB working day preceding the start of the reserve maintenance period, via the European System of Central Banks (ESCB) data exchange system. Credit institutions in the tail shall report to the NCBs a limited breakdown on a quarterly basis. For these tail credit institutions, simplified reserve base statistics shall be used for the three reserve maintenance periods. NCBs shall use the quarterly reserve base data from the credit institutions in the tail for the monthly figures reported to the ECB in the three data transmissions following their release.
3.   
Revision policy


Revisions by the reporting institutions to the reserve base and/or reserve requirements made after the maintenance period has started may not lead to revisions being made to the statistics on the reserve base and on the reserve requirements.


Article 9

Macro ratio statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


The ECB shall monitor on a monthly basis, using the end-month statistical information that credit institutions submit to NCBs in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), the accuracy of the current standardised deductions from the reserve base that credit institutions may apply to the outstanding amount of their debt securities issued with an agreed maturity of up to two years. NCBs shall compile the required aggregates in accordance with Part 6 of Annex II and report them to the ECB.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The three time series for the credit institutions, referring to month-end stocks figures, shall be transmitted to the ECB on a monthly basis, at the latest by the NCB working day preceding the start of the maintenance period.
These series shall be transmitted even if the related balance sheet items do not apply in the relevant Member State.


Article 10

MMF balance sheet statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


Data shall be reported on a quarterly basis within 28 working days of the end of the reference period.
3.   
Grossing-up


The data reported in respect of the MMFs’ balance sheet shall cover 100 % of the institutions classified in this sector. Where the actual reporting coverage is less than 100 % due to cutting off the tail, NCBs shall gross up the data supplied in accordance with Article 3(5) to ensure 100 % coverage.
4.   
Revision policy


Revisions to MMF data shall be consistent with the corresponding end of quarter other MFI data. In the event that transmission of new or revised MMF data implies changes to the data for the corresponding other MFI reference period, the required revisions for other MFI data shall also be transmitted.


Article 11

Structural financial indicators

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


Data to calculate structural financial indicators on credit institutions shall be reported by the end of March of each year with reference to the previous year. The indicator ‘number of employees of CIs’ shall be provided, if possible, by the end of May each year with reference to the previous year.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs shall apply the following general principles when revising the reported data:






(a)


during all regular annual data transmissions, in addition to data for the latest year, ordinary revisions to the previous year’s data and exceptional revisions shall be sent as necessary;










(b)


exceptional revisions which significantly improve the quality of the data may be sent during the year.




4.   
Grossing-up


Collected data shall cover 100 % of the institutions defined as credit institutions in accordance with Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Where the actual reporting coverage is less than 100 % NCBs shall gross up the data supplied in accordance with Article 3(5) to ensure 100 % coverage.
5.   
Explanatory notes


The NCBs shall report to the ECB any deviation from the definitions and rules above to allow monitoring of national practice. NCBs shall submit explanatory notes explaining the reasons for significant revisions.


Article 12

Consolidated banking data

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall report consolidated banking data in accordance with Part 9 of Annex II and shall follow the conceptual and methodological rules set out therein when providing such data.
Consolidated banking data shall be reported utilising a short-term approach in accordance with the FINREP/COREP reporting standards established by the European Banking Authority.
In order to ensure the maximum possible coverage, data on all credit institutions, as defined in national laws, shall be collected.
The data shall be fully consolidated on a cross-border and cross-sector basis, where ‘cross-border’ refers to domestic banks’ branches and subsidiaries located outside the domestic market and included in the data reported by the parent institution, and ‘cross-sector’ includes the branches and subsidiaries of banks classifiable as other financial institutions. Insurance companies shall not be included in the consolidation.
Consolidated banking data shall be reported separately for:






—


small domestic banking groups and stand-alone credit institutions,










—


medium-sized domestic banking groups and stand-alone credit institutions,










—


large domestic banking groups and stand-alone credit institutions,










—


foreign (non-European Union) controlled subsidiaries,










—


foreign (non-European Union) controlled branches,










—


foreign (European Union) controlled subsidiaries,










—


foreign (European Union) controlled branches.




For the purposes of this article, banks shall be classified as large banking groups or stand-alone credit institutions if their assets are greater than 0,5 % of the total consolidated assets of European Union banks; as medium-sized banks if their assets are between 0,5 % and 0,005 % of such total consolidated assets; and as small banks if their assets are below 0,005 % of such total consolidated assets.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


Consolidated banking data shall be reported twice a year. A full dataset shall be reported for end-of-year data. A first submission of these annual data, to be carried out by mid-April of the following year, shall comprise the items flagged with an * in Part 9 of Annex II. The full annual dataset shall be reported by mid-May.
A dataset focused on a restricted set of items shall be reported with a reference date of end-June by mid-October of the same year. The series shall be reported in accordance with Part 9 of Annex II.
3.   
Revision policy


Revisions to reported data shall be carried out in accordance with the following general principles:






(a)


during all regular annual and biannual data transmissions, in addition to the latest year, ordinary revisions to the previous year’s data and exceptional revisions shall be sent when necessary;










(b)


where significant revisions are made, explanatory notes shall be provided to the ECB.




4.   
Explanatory notes


The NCBs shall report to the ECB any deviation from the definitions and the rules above to allow monitoring of national practice. NCBs shall submit explanatory notes explaining the reasons for significant revisions.


Article 13

International consolidated banking statistics
(sectoral and regional lending exposures of large domestic banking groups)

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall report the worldwide consolidated international claims of domestic bank offices of domestically-owned large banking groups as defined in Article 12, broken down by maturity, instrument, geographic region of borrower and sector of borrower, as reported in the BIS international consolidated banking statistics.
The data shall be reported in a manner which coincides with the quarterly reporting of aggregated data to the BIS for the international consolidated banking statistics. Data shall be reported to the ECB in accordance with the reporting scheme used to transmit aggregated data to the BIS. NCBs shall aggregate the individual returns of the relevant banking groups.
Reporting is limited to those NCBs that report BIS international consolidated banking statistics and in whose countries the large banking groups are headquartered.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall report quarterly data to the ECB with no more than a two-week lag from the formal BIS reporting deadline.
3.   
Revision policy


Revisions to reported data shall be aligned with those reported to the BIS.
4.   
Explanatory notes


The NCBs shall report to the ECB any deviations from these rules to allow monitoring of national practice. NCBs shall submit explanatory notes explaining the reasons for significant revisions.


Article 14

Data for IMF purposes

1.   
Scope of reporting


Without prejudice to NCBs’ statutory obligations vis-à-vis the IMF, NCBs may transmit supplementary MFI balance sheet items statistics to the IMF via the ECB in accordance with the following technical arrangements.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


MFI balance sheet items in accordance with Part 10 of Annex II shall be transmitted by the NCBs to the ECB within the framework of the monthly regular transmission of BSI data. The frequency and timeliness of the data transmissions shall coincide with those of the regular BSI data reporting to the ECB, in accordance with Article 3(2).


Article 15

Statistics on OFIs (excluding FVCs)

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The reporting frequency to the ECB shall be quarterly. OFI statistics shall be transmitted to the ECB at the latest on the last calendar day of the third month following the end of the reference period, or on the preceding NCB working day if the last calendar day of the month is not an NCB working day. The exact transmission dates shall be communicated to NCBs in advance in the form of a reporting calendar provided by the ECB by September of each year.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs may need to revise data transmitted during the previous quarter. In addition, revisions to data on earlier quarters may also occur.
The following general principles shall apply:






(a)


when making regular quarterly data transmissions, in addition to the data on the latest quarter, only ‘ordinary’ revisions, i.e. revisions to the data transmitted the previous quarter, may be sent;










(b)


exceptional revisions shall be limited and reported on a different date from the regular reporting date. Minor routine historical revisions to the data shall only be sent on an annual basis, together with the transmission of data for the fourth quarter;










(c)


exceptional revisions that significantly improve the quality of the data may be sent during the year outside the regular production cycles.




4.   
Valuation methods and/or accounting rules


Accounting rules followed by OFIs in drawing up their accounts shall comply with the national transposition of Directive 86/635/EEC and any other applicable international standards. Without prejudice to the prevailing accounting practices in Member States, all assets and all liabilities shall be reported on a gross basis for statistical purposes. The valuation methods are indicated under the relevant categories.
5.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall provide explanatory notes to the ECB in accordance with Section 3 of Part 11 of Annex II. NCBs shall provide explanatory notes for significant revisions.


Article 16

Securities issues statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall report statistical information covering all securities issues by euro area residents in any currency, both domestic and international, in accordance with Part 12 of Annex II.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The reporting frequency to the ECB shall be monthly. Securities issues statistics shall be transmitted to the ECB no later than five weeks after the end of the month to which the data relate. The ECB shall communicate the exact transmission dates to the NCBs in advance in the form of a reporting calendar.
3.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall provide explanatory notes to the ECB as provided for in Section 3 of Part 12 of Annex II.


Article 17

MFI interest rate statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


For the purposes of MFI interest rate (MIR) statistics, NCBs shall report aggregated national monthly statistics relating to outstanding amounts and new business as specified in Appendices 1 and 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). In addition, NCBs shall report aggregated national monthly statistical information relating to new business as specified in Part 13 of Annex II.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


This statistical information shall be reported in accordance with the yearly calendar laid down by the ECB and communicated to the NCBs by the end of September each year.
3.   
Derogations


NCBs may grant derogations in respect of the reporting of both interest rates applied to and business volumes of collateralised/guaranteed loans to non-financial corporations, indicators 62 to 85 included in Tables 3 and 4 of Appendix 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). These may be granted if the national aggregate business volume of the corresponding item (indicators 37 to 54) covering all loans represents less than 10 % of the national aggregate business volume of the sum of all loans in the same size category and less than 2 % of the business volume for the same size and same initial period of interest-rate fixation category at euro area level. If derogations are granted, these thresholds shall be checked on an annual basis.
4.   
Selection of the reporting population and grossing-up


Where the actual MIR reporting coverage is less than 100 % due to the use of sampling, NCBs shall select and maintain the sample and gross up the new business volumes data supplied to ensure 100 % coverage, as specified in Part 14 of Annex II. If a derogation provided for in Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34) or in paragraph 3 of this article is granted, data reported on a quarterly basis shall be carried forward into the monthly missing periods by applying appropriate statistical estimation techniques to take into account trends in the data and seasonal patterns.
5.   
Revision policy


NCBs may need to revise the previous reference month’s values. Revisions arising from, for example, mistakes, reclassifications, improved reporting procedures, etc., applied to data prior to the previous reference month may also occur.
They shall apply the following general principles:






(a)


where NCBs revise the data for the period prior to the previous reference month they shall submit explanatory notes to the ECB;










(b)


NCBs shall also provide explanatory notes for significant revisions;










(c)


in transmitting revised data, NCBs shall take account of the established timeliness of regular reporting of MIR statistics. Exceptional revisions shall be reported outside the monthly production periods.






Article 18

Payment statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall report to the ECB information on payment statistics in accordance with Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) and Part 16 of Annex II to this Guideline. This shall comprise, inter alia, the following:






(a)


data on the number of institutions, payment accounts, payment cards, terminals, participants in payment systems and selected balance sheet items shall be reported for all items in Tables 1, 2, 3 and 6 in Annex III of the Regulation and Tables 1, 2 and 5 in Part 16 of Annex II. Such data on stocks shall refer to end-period figures, except for the item in Table 1 of Part 16 of Annex II which shall refer to the ‘average for the last reserve maintenance period’;










(b)


data on payment transactions by instrument, terminal and/or system, included in Tables 4, 5, and 7 in Annex III of the Regulation and Tables 3, 4, 6 and 7 in Part 16 of Annex II shall be reported as gross flows, i.e. totals, for the period.




2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The series shall be reported on an annual basis to the ECB, by the end of May of each year with reference to the previous calendar year. Indicators in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) shall be reported on an annual basis. The additional data requested in Part 16 of Annex II may be reported on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis, in accordance with the specification in the relevant table.
For the tables in this Guideline, and in the absence of actual data, NCBs shall either request relevant additional information from reporting agents or shall use estimates or provisional data. The methodology for those estimates shall be defined by each NCB, depending on country specificities. Where relevant, NCBs shall provide explanatory notes to clarify the approach used.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs shall apply the following general principles when revising the reported data:






(a)


during all regular annual data transmissions, in addition to the latest period, ordinary revisions to the previous year’s data and exceptional revisions shall be sent as necessary;










(b)


exceptional revisions, which significantly improve the quality of the data, may be transmitted during the year, following approval by the ECB.




4.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall provide explanatory notes to the ECB, explaining deviations from the reporting requirements and structural breaks in detail, including the impact on the data.


Article 19

Statistics on IF assets and liabilities

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall report to the ECB the monthly and quarterly IF data by close of business on the 28th working day following the end of the month/quarter to which the data relate.
3.   
Revision policy


The following general rules shall apply to the revisions of monthly and quarterly data:






(a)


the revisions shall be undertaken so that the monthly and quarterly data are consistent with each other;










(b)


during the regular production periods, i.e. from the 28th working day following the end of the reference month/quarter to the day the data are disseminated back to the NCBs, NCBs may revise the data referring to the previous reference quarter, to the two months preceding it, and to the months following the previous reference quarter;










(c)


outside the regular production periods, NCBs may also revise data referring to reference periods prior to the two months preceding the previous reference quarter, inter alia, in the case of mistakes, reclassifications or improved reporting procedures.




4.   
Derogations and grossing-up


To ensure the quality of the euro area IF statistics, where NCBs grant derogations to the smallest IFs in accordance with Article 8(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) they shall gross up to 100 % coverage for these IFs in the compilation of the monthly and quarterly IF data reported to the ECB.
NCBs may choose the procedure for grossing up to 100 % coverage, provided it fulfils the following minimum standards:






(a)


for missing breakdowns data, estimates shall be derived by applying ratios based on the corresponding investment fund sub-sector, e.g. if an open-end bond fund falls within the tail and only data on investment fund shares/units issued are collected, the missing breakdowns shall be derived by applying the structure of the open-end bond funds category;










(b)


no investment fund sub-sector, e.g. open-end real-estate funds, closed-end real estate funds, etc., is completely excluded.




In accordance with Article 8(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), derogations may be granted to IFs that due to national accounting rules value their assets at a frequency lower than quarterly. Notwithstanding such derogations, the monthly and quarterly IF data reported by NCBs to the ECB shall always include data relating to these IFs.
5.   
Derivation of aggregated data


NCBs shall derive the aggregated data on quarterly assets and liabilities of the IF sub-sectors in line with Table 1 of Part 17 of Annex II as follows.






(a)


For securities with publicly available identification codes, the NCBs shall map the information provided on an s-b-s basis to the information derived from the Centralised Securities Database (CSDB) as a main reference database. The mapped s-b-s information shall be used to compile the value of assets and liabilities in euro and to derive the necessary breakdowns for each individual security of the IF. If the security identifiers are not found in the CSDB, or the information necessary to compile the assets and liabilities in line with Table 1 of Part 17 of Annex II is not available from the CSDB, the NCBs shall estimate the missing data. NCBs may also collect s-b-s information on securities without publicly available identification codes by using NCB internal security identifiers.










(b)


NCBs shall aggregate the data on securities derived under (a) and add them to the information reported for securities without publicly available identification codes to produce aggregates for: (i) debt securities broken down by maturity, currency and counterparty; (ii) equity and investment fund shares, broken down by instrument and counterparty; and (iii) total IF shares/units issued.










(c)


NCBs shall derive the required statistical information on the IF assets and liabilities by adding the data on securities derived under (b) and the assets and liabilities other than securities collected from resident individual IFs.










(d)


NCBs shall aggregate the assets and liabilities of all IFs resident in a Member State and belonging to the same sub-sector.




The above shall also apply when NCBs collect data on IF assets and liabilities on a monthly basis in accordance with Article 5(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38).
6.   
Estimation of monthly data


In accordance with Article 5(1)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), NCBs shall collect data on IF shares/units issued on a monthly basis. For reference months that are not end-quarter months, NCBs shall estimate the monthly data on IF assets and liabilities other than investment fund shares/units issued based on the collected monthly and quarterly data unless data are collected on a monthly basis as set out in Article 5(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38).
Where possible, NCBs shall make estimates at individual fund level. Alternatively, an NCB may make estimates by IF sub-sector or may request the ECB to make the estimates. In the latter case the ECB may request additional information such as fund-by-fund or s-b-s data.
7.   
Valuation methods and/or accounting rules


The valuation and/or accounting rules in Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) shall also apply when the NCBs report IF data to the ECB. However, for items subject to accrued interest the following rules shall apply:






(a)


‘debt securities’ include accrued interest;










(b)


‘deposit and loan claims’ and ‘deposits and loans received’ exclude accrued interest which is recorded under remaining assets/liabilities.




8.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall submit explanatory notes explaining the reasons for significant revisions. In addition, the NCBs shall provide the ECB with explanatory notes concerning reclassification adjustments. NCBs shall also provide explanatory notes concerning the revisions mentioned in Article 19(3)(c).
9.   
Group reporting


In accordance with Article 4(3) of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), NCBs may allow IFs to report their assets and liabilities as a group, provided that this leads to results that are similar to fund-by-fund reporting. IFs which report as a group shall belong to the same sub-sector; for example, closed-end real estate funds or open-end real estate funds.


Article 20

Statistics on the assets and liabilities of FVCs

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall compile and report separate aggregated statistical information on FVCs’ assets and liabilities in accordance with Part 18 of Annex II. Data shall be submitted for the following four sub-categories: (a) FVCs engaged in traditional securitisation; (b) FVCs engaged in synthetic securitisation; (c) FVCs engaged in insurance-linked securitisation; and (d) other FVCs.
These requirements shall cover data on outstanding amounts, financial transactions and write-offs/write-downs provided on a quarterly basis.
NCBs may submit to the ECB the required data on write-offs/write-downs on a best efforts basis.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall report to the ECB the data on FVCs’ outstanding amounts, financial transactions and write-offs/write-downs on a quarterly basis by close of business on the 28th working day following the end of the quarter to which the data relate.
3.   
Revision policy


The following general rules shall apply to the revision of quarterly data:






(a)


during the regular production periods, i.e. from the 28th working day following the end of the reference quarter to the day preceding the day the data are disseminated back to the NCBs, NCBs may revise the data referring to the previous reference quarter;










(b)


outside the regular production periods, NCBs may also revise data referring to reference periods prior to the previous reference quarter, inter alia, in the case of errors, reclassifications or improved reporting procedures;










(c)


revisions to data reported under Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) on loans originated and serviced by euro area MFIs shall be included, where relevant, in the FVC statistics in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b).




4.   
Compilation approaches


In order to meet the statistical reporting requirements from which FVCs are exempt under Article 5(1)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40) the NCBs, after consulting the ECB, shall decide on the most appropriate way to compile data on FVCs’ assets and liabilities, depending on the organisation of the relevant markets and the availability of other relevant statistical, public or supervisory information.
5.   
Data sources and data quality standards


If NCBs derive data on FVCs’ assets and liabilities from other statistical data sources, from public sources such as pre-sale reports or investor reports, or from supervisory data sources, the data quality standards described below shall apply.
Data which are identified as anchor series in Part 18 of Annex II to this Guideline shall be subject to high quality standards, comparable to those for data directly reported by FVCs in accordance with Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40). Data which are identified as non-anchor series in Part 18 of Annex II to this Guideline may be estimated in accordance with less stringent quality standards, e.g. using interpolations and extrapolations when data are collected from public or supervisory sources at a frequency lower than quarterly and with a timeliness longer than the 28th working day following the reference period.
If data are not directly reported by FVCs in accordance with Article 5(1)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40), the quality of the data shall be monitored by the NCBs on the basis of the information available from the annual financial statements. The outcome of the quality checks shall be provided by the NCBs to the ECB by the end of September each year or at the earliest point in time thereafter, in accordance with the applicable national legal practices in the FVC’s Member State of residence. If the cross-checks between the data derived on a quarterly basis and the annual financial statements show that high quality standards are not met, the NCBs shall take the necessary measures to ensure that the data meet the required quality standards, including the possible direct collection of data under Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40).
If NCBs derive data on FVCs’ assets and liabilities from supervisory data sources, they shall ensure that these sources are sufficiently aligned with the statistical concepts and definitions under the FVC reporting requirements. The same shall apply to data derived from other statistical data sources.
If the CSDB or another securities database is used as a data source for data on the issuance of FVC debt securities, the NCBs shall monitor the coverage and quality of the data on an annual basis. The outcome of the quality checks shall be provided by the NCBs to the ECB by the end of February each year by taking as a reference the end-December data of the preceding year. If the coverage and quality indicators show that high quality standards are not met, the NCBs shall take the necessary measures to meet the required quality standards, including the possible direct collection of data under Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40).
6.   
Loans originated and serviced by euro area MFIs and exchange of cross-border information


Each NCB shall exchange data on securitised loans that are originated and serviced by domestic MFIs for FVCs resident in other euro area Member States by aggregating the serviced loans separately for each Member State in which FVCs are resident, in accordance with Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) and Table 3 of Part 18 of Annex II to this Guideline.
The ECB shall provide, in line with the applicable legal acts protecting confidential data, the technical gateway for the exchange of cross-border information. NCBs shall transmit this information to the ECB by the 23rd working day following the end of the quarter to which the data relate. The ECB shall redistribute the data to the NCBs concerned on the 24th working day following the end of the quarter to which the data relate.
NCBs that are involved in the exchange of data for existing securitisations shall clarify any outstanding queries and coordination issues on a bilateral basis and, if required, exchange relevant information. If there are new securitisations, the relevant NCBs may request the ECB to act as coordinator.
Fulfilment of the above obligations enables NCBs, in accordance with Article 5(1)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40), to compile the part of the FVC data relating to the outstanding amounts and financial transactions of securitised loans that are originated by euro area MFIs and where the MFIs continue to service the securitised loans from data collected from MFIs in accordance with Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) instead of directly collecting these data from FVCs.
7.   
Derogations and grossing-up


If NCBs compile data on FVCs’ assets and liabilities directly from the FVCs and, where relevant, based on data reported by MFIs under Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) and grant derogations to FVCs under Article 5(1)(b) of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40), the NCBs shall gross up to 100 % coverage for all FVCs when compiling the data on FVCs’ quarterly assets and liabilities reported to the ECB for outstanding amounts, financial transactions and write-offs/write-downs.
If NCBs compile data on assets and liabilities of FVCs from other statistical, public and/or supervisory sources they may base their compilation on a sample of FVCs as long as these FVCs account for at least 95 % of the total outstanding amount of assets of the FVC reference reporting population in the relevant Member State as represented in the list of FVCs. NCBs shall gross up to 100 % coverage when compiling the quarterly data on FVCs’ assets and liabilities reported to the ECB for outstanding amounts, financial transactions and write-offs/write-downs.
8.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall submit explanatory notes to the ECB setting out the reasons for significant revisions as well as for any revisions made pursuant to Article 20(3)(b).


Article 21

Statistics on MFI loans to non-financial corporations by branch of activity

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall report to the ECB, where available, data on MFI loans to domestic non-financial corporations, and MFI loans to other euro area Member States’ non-financial corporations broken down by branch of activity following the statistical classification of economic activities in the Union (NACE Rev. 2), in accordance with Part 19 of Annex II.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall report the data to the ECB quarterly by close of business on the 28th working day following the end of the quarter to which the data relate.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs shall report revisions in accordance with the following principles:






(a)


in addition to each regular data transmission, revisions to the previous reference periods shall be sent where required;










(b)


exceptional revisions which significantly improve the quality of the data may be sent as soon as they are available.




4.   
Explanatory notes


The NCBs shall report to the ECB any significant changes in the national definitions and classifications used and shall submit explanatory notes explaining the reasons for significant revisions, where applicable. In addition, the NCBs shall provide information on major reclassifications in the MFI sector and, if available, major reclassifications of non-financial corporations in the NACE Rev. 2 breakdowns transmitted.


Article 22

Statistics on MFI credit lines

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall compile and report aggregated statistical information on MFI credit lines granted to domestic residents and MFI credit lines granted to other euro area non-domestic residents, broken down by institutional sector, in accordance with Part 20 of Annex II.
MFI credit lines shall have the same meaning as ‘undrawn credit facilities’, classified as ‘medium risk’, ‘medium/low risk’ and ‘low risk’, as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. NCBs shall apply this definition on a best efforts basis and whenever a different national definition for credit lines applies may report using the national definition, but shall aim to harmonise the compilation of MFI credit lines data in order to enhance cross-country comparability in the longer term.
NCBs shall calculate sectoral breakdowns and transmit them to the ECB. If these sectoral breakdowns are not collected at national level, NCBs may either request such additional information from reporting agents or, alternatively, they may estimate the sectoral breakdowns using information available at national level from other sources.
NCBs shall submit to the ECB data on statistical reclassifications on a best efforts basis.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall report the data to the ECB quarterly. The quarterly outstanding amounts and reclassification adjustments data shall be transmitted to the ECB by close of business on the 28th working day following the end of the quarter to which they relate.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs shall report revisions in accordance with the following principles:






(a)


in addition to each regular data transmission, revisions to the previous reference quarter shall be sent where required;










(b)


exceptional revisions which significantly improve the quality of the data may be sent as soon as they are available.




4.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall submit explanatory notes to the ECB setting out the reasons for significant revisions.


Article 23

Statistics on the assets and liabilities of CCPs

1.   
Scope of reporting


NCBs shall compile and report separate aggregated statistical information on the assets and liabilities of CCPs in accordance with Part 21 of Annex II.
For the purpose of this statistical reporting, CCPs are those entities identified as central counterparties by ESMA and that are ‘other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds’ (S.125) or ‘financial auxiliaries’ (S.126) as specified in the classification of institutional sectors laid down in Chapter 23 of ESA 2010.
CCPs identified by ESMA that are classified within the ESA 2010 ‘monetary financial institutions (MFIs)’ institutional sector shall not form part of this statistical reporting.
2.   
Minimum threshold for mandatory reporting


NCBs shall report the data to the ECB on a mandatory basis by reference to the following thresholds:






(a)


for cells related to repurchase agreements, identified with the letter ‘R’ in Part 21 of Annex II, mandatory reporting applies if the balance sheet outstanding amount of any of these cells exceeds EUR 10 billion, with the exception of those cells referring to positions vis-à-vis MFIs.
If the threshold is met by one or more cells denominated as ‘R’, all cells denominated as ‘R’ shall be reported, irrespective of their actual balance sheet value;










(b)


for cells not related to repurchase agreements, identified with the letters ‘NR’ in Part 21 of Annex II, mandatory reporting applies either if it is required under (a) or if the balance sheet outstanding amount of any of these cells exceeds EUR 10 billion.
If the threshold is met by one or more cells denominated as ‘NR’, all cells denominated as ‘NR’ shall be reported, irrespective of their actual balance sheet value.




If neither of the thresholds (a) or (b) are met, NCBs shall submit data to the ECB on CCPs’ balance sheets on a voluntary basis. If NCBs choose not to report on a voluntary basis, they shall monitor whether these thresholds are not met at least on an annual basis.
3.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall report the data to the ECB quarterly. The quarterly outstanding amounts and reclassification adjustments data shall be transmitted to the ECB by close of business on the 28th working day following the end of the quarter to which the data relate.
4.   
Revision policy


NCBs shall report revisions in accordance with the following principles:






(a)


in addition to each regular data transmission, revisions to the previous reference quarter shall be sent where required;










(b)


exceptional revisions which significantly improve the quality of the data may be sent as soon as they are available.




5.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall submit explanatory notes to the ECB setting out the reasons for significant revisions.


Article 24

Recording of reference data on institutional units relevant for statistical purposes

1.   
Unique place of storage of reference data


NCBs shall communicate and maintain all reference data describing institutional units or legal units, where applicable, that are required for statistical purposes via the ‘Register of Institutions and Affiliates Database’ (RIAD), the central repository that holds attributes on individual organisational units as well as various types of relationships between them which, inter alia, permit the derivation of group structures by reference to different definitions.
RIAD enables the processing of information on an individual attribute provided by more than one source. If applicable, NCBs thus have to agree on the specific method to be applied in RIAD to derive the ‘authoritative’ version of reference data from multiple national ‘candidate’ data sources.
The specific data provision requirements for individual sets of (financial) corporations are described in Article 25 and Annex V.
2.   
Management of identifiers in RIAD


All organisational units recorded in RIAD can hold multiple identifiers. NCBs shall be responsible for assigning and managing the main identifier, called ‘RIAD code’, thereby ensuring unambiguous data exchange between RIAD and any other (local) sending/receiving systems.
RIAD may also assign to individual entities any national or supranational codes (‘aliases’), which should preferably follow available standards.
3.   
Corporate actions


In order to manage an entity’s reference data, NCBs shall first create such data in RIAD. Subsequently NCBs shall manage all demographic changes, such as start of activities, update of individual attributes and even the closure of the entity, by reporting new attribute values and/or adapting the validity range of values. (Actual deletions are only anticipated in the exceptional case of erroneous inclusion of an entity.)
NCBs need to describe mergers (or inversely splits) of units with a complete set of accompanying corporate actions, such as closure, modification and/or creation of one or more units.
Changes in the ESA sector, e.g. the reallocation of one entity from the MFI to the IF list, are to be reported via the update of the value and validity range in the ‘ESA sector’ attribute.
4.   
Transmission standards


Prior to the transmission of updates to the ECB, NCBs shall carry out validation checks matching the relevant data exchange specifications. When input procedures are used, NCBs shall maintain an adequate set of controls to minimise operational errors and ensure the accuracy and consistency of the updates reported via RIAD.
In the event of failure of RIAD, NCBs shall transmit updates by e-mail to the following address: RIAD-Support@ecb.europa.eu
NCBs may use their national character set, provided they use the Roman alphabet. They shall use Unicode (UTF-8) to correctly display all special character sets when receiving information from the ECB via RIAD.
5.   
Acquisition and error acknowledgements


On receipt of the updates, the ECB shall immediately carry out checks to validate the formal accuracy and internal consistency of the information provided.
The ECB shall immediately send back to the NCBs: (a) an acquisition acknowledgement containing summary information on the updates which have been processed and implemented successfully in the relevant dataset; and/or (b) an error acknowledgement containing detailed information on the updates and validation checks which have failed.
On receipt of an error acknowledgement, NCBs shall take action to transmit corrected information. If correct information depends on updates recently sent by other NCBs and is not available on the ECB’s website, NCBs shall contact the ECB with specific details of the information required.
6.   
Confidentiality


NCBs shall declare the confidentiality status of each attribute describing an organisational unit by selecting one of three pre-defined values: ‘F’ meaning free, i.e. not confidential; ‘N’ meaning data attribute may be released only for the use of the ESCB and associated institutions for which a memorandum of understanding is in place, i.e. not for external release; or ‘C’ for confidential statistical information.


Article 25

Lists of financial institutions maintained for statistical purposes

1.   
Types of lists to be maintained and published


In order to enable the establishment and maintenance of the list of MFIs for statistical purposes, referred to in Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), the variables specified in Parts 1 and 2 of Annex V need to be collected in RIAD at the intervals prescribed. NCBs shall report any updates of these variables without delay, in particular when an institution joins the MFI sector, i.e. in the event of establishment of an MFI as the result of a merger, establishment of new legal entities as the result of the division of an existing MFI, establishment of a new MFI, or change in the status of a previous non-MFI such that it becomes an MFI, or when an existing MFI leaves the MFI sector, i.e. in the event of the involvement of an MFI in a merger, purchase of an MFI by another institution, division of an MFI into separate legal entities, change in the status of an MFI such that it becomes a non-MFI, or liquidation of an MFI.
The continuously updated reference data in RIAD allows the maintenance of the official MFI list based on institutional sector classification, activity status and other features of an institution. In this context special attention may be given to cases where an institution on the MFI list is restricted in its financial intermediation activities, e.g. in the acceptance of deposits or granting of loans, in particular prior to its liquidation and/or removal from the MFI sector. In order to allow close monitoring of the consistency with national classifications of MFIs the ECB may periodically request further information from the relevant NCB.
To enable the establishment and maintenance of the list of IFs for statistical purposes referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), the variables specified in Parts 1 and 2 of Annex V need to be collected in RIAD at the intervals prescribed. NCBs shall report any updates of these variables, in particular when an institution joins the IF population or when an existing IF leaves the IF population.
To enable the establishment and maintenance of the list of FVCs for statistical purposes referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40), the variables specified in Parts 1 and 2 of Annex V need to be collected in RIAD at the intervals prescribed. NCBs shall report any updates of these variables, in particular when an institution joins or leaves the FVC population.
To enable the establishment and maintenance of the list of payment statistics relevant institutions (PSRIs) for statistical purposes referred to in Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43), the variables specified in Part 1 of Annex V need to be collected in RIAD at the intervals prescribed. NCBs shall report any updates of these variables, in particular when an institution joins or leaves the PSRI population.
2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


NCBs shall transmit to the ECB, where possible, updates of the variables specified for MFIs as soon as changes in the MFI sector or in the attributes of existing MFIs occur. If this is not possible, NCBs shall provide a written explanation of the delay between the occurrence of the event and its reporting to the ECB.
NCBs shall transmit to the ECB updates of the variables specified for IFs at least on a quarterly basis, with a timeliness of two months following the reference date. However, the net asset value variable shall be updated for all investment funds on an annual basis, with a lag of a maximum of two months following the reference date of end-December.
NCBs shall transmit to the ECB updates of the variables specified for FVCs at least on a quarterly basis, within 14 working days following the reference date.
NCBs shall transmit to the ECB updates of the variables specified for PSRIs as at year-end, with a timeliness of three months following the reference date.
3.   
Dissemination and publication


By 18.00 CET every ECB working day, the ECB shall make a copy of the MFI dataset available on its website. At the same time as it releases the list of MFIs on its website, the ECB shall send it to the NCBs via RIAD. At the same time the ECB shall publish a list of changes implemented in the population of MFIs and disseminate it every ECB working day to all NCBs. This dissemination shall contain the full details of each of the following changes reported by NCBs: (a) new MFIs and (b) deleted MFIs.
By 18.00 CET on the last ECB working day of each calendar month, the ECB shall take a copy of the MFI dataset and combine it with the variable ‘reserve’ from the Monetary Policy Eligible Counterparties dataset of the same date indicating whether credit institutions resident in the euro area are subject to minimum reserves or not. The ECB shall then make this list of MFIs and institutions subject to minimum reserves available on its website.
By 18.00 CET on the fourth working day following the deadline for transmitting updates the ECB shall take a copy of the IF dataset and make it available to the NCBs. The ECB shall then make the list of IFs available on its website.
By 18.00 CET on the second working day following the deadline for transmitting updates the ECB shall take a copy of the FVC dataset, and make it available to the NCBs. The ECB shall then make the list of FVCs available on its website.
By 18.00 CET on the last ECB working day of each calendar month, the ECB shall take a copy of all institutions recorded in RIAD and make it available to the NCBs.
The ECB shall not publish data marked as ‘confidential’ or ‘not for publication’. Likewise the ECB shall not transmit values to NCBs if marked as ‘confidential’. In respect of quantitative measures marked as ‘confidential’ or ‘not for publication’, the ECB may, however, publish or distribute a range of size classes.


Article 26

PF statistics

1.   
Scope of reporting


2.   
Reporting frequency and deadline


The reporting frequency to the ECB shall be quarterly. PF statistics described in paragraph 1(a) shall be reported to the ECB within a period not exceeding 85 calendar days from the end of the reference quarter. Starting with the reporting of the first quarter of 2017, PF statistics shall be reported to the ECB within a period not exceeding 82 calendar days from the end of the reference quarter. The exact transmission dates shall be communicated to NCBs in advance in the form of a reporting calendar provided by the ECB by September of each year.
3.   
Revision policy


NCBs may need to revise data transmitted during the previous quarter. In addition, revisions to data on earlier quarters may also be made.
The following general principles shall apply:






(a)


on the occasion of all regular quarterly data transmissions, in addition to the data on the latest quarter, only ‘ordinary’ revisions, i.e. revisions to the data transmitted the previous quarter, may be sent;










(b)


exceptional revisions shall be limited and reported on a different date from the regular reporting. Minor routine historical revisions to the data shall only be sent on an annual basis, together with the transmission of data for the fourth quarter;










(c)


exceptional revisions that significantly improve the quality of the data may be sent during the year outside the regular production cycles.




4.   
Valuation methods and/or accounting rules


Without prejudice to the prevailing accounting practices in Member States, all assets and liabilities shall be reported on a gross basis for statistical purposes. The valuation methods shall be in line with the ESA 2010. In principle, assets and liabilities must be valued using current market prices on the date to which the balance sheet relates. Deposit liabilities and loans shall be reported at their principal amount outstanding at the end of the quarter.
5.   
Explanatory notes


NCBs shall provide explanatory notes to the ECB including data sources, data collection systems, compilation procedure, legal framework, deviations from the ECB’s reporting instructions, and reporting population. NCBs shall provide explanatory notes for significant revisions and, especially, for breaks in historical series.


Article 27

Verification

Without prejudice to the ECB’s verification rights under Regulation (EC) No 2533/98 and Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), the NCBs shall monitor and ensure the quality and reliability of statistical information made available to the ECB.


Article 28

Transmission standards

The NCBs shall use the ESCB-Net provided by the ESCB for the electronic transmission of the statistical information required by the ECB. The statistical message format developed for this electronic exchange of statistical information shall be the standard format agreed by the Statistics Committee. This requirement shall not prevent the use of any other means of transmitting statistical information as a fall-back solution with the ECB’s prior consent.


Article 29

Simplified amendment procedure

Taking account of the views of the Statistics Committee (STC), the ECB’s Executive Board shall be entitled to make any technical amendments to this Guideline’s annexes provided that such amendments neither change the underlying conceptual framework nor affect the reporting burden on reporting agents in Member States. The Executive Board shall inform the Governing Council of any such amendment without undue delay.


Article 30

Publication

NCBs shall not publish national contributions to the monthly euro area monetary aggregates and their counterparts until the ECB has published these aggregates. Where NCBs publish such data, they shall be the same as data that contributed to the last published euro area aggregates. Where NCBs reproduce euro area aggregates published by the ECB, they shall reproduce them faithfully.


Article 31

Repeal

Guideline ECB/2007/9 is hereby repealed.


Article 32

Taking effect and implementation

This Guideline shall take effect on the day of its notification to the NCBs of the euro area Member States. The NCBs of the euro area Member States shall comply with Articles 11, 12, 13 and 16 from the date of notification, with Article 26 from 1 January 2016, and with the remaining provisions of the Guideline from 1 January 2015.
By 31 December 2018 the Executive Board shall submit to the Governing Council a report, taking account of the views of the STC in liaison with other relevant Committees, concerning (a) the need for and the possible timeline for integrating the reporting requirements in the area of payment statistics referred to in Article 18 with the reporting requirements set out in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) on payment statistics, and (b) the possible impact on the reporting requirements in the area of pension funds statistics referred to in Article 26 of any new developments concerning the collection of insurance statistics by the ESCB.


Article 33

Addressees

This Guideline is addressed to the NCBs of the euro area Member States.




Done at Frankfurt am Main, 4 April 2014.


For the Governing Council of the ECB


The President of the ECB

Mario DRAGHI
            





(1)  
            OJ L 250, 2.10.2003, p. 10.

(2)  
            OJ L 318, 27.11.1998, p. 8.

(3)  
            OJ L 372, 31.12.1986, p. 1.

(4)  
            OJ L 35, 9.2.2011, p. 31.

(5)  Guideline ECB/2007/9 of 1 August 2007 on monetary, financial institutions and markets statistics (OJ L 341, 27.12.2007, p. 1).

(6)  Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union (OJ L 174, 26.6.2013, p. 1).

(7)  Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 of the European Central Bank of 24 September 2013 concerning the balance sheet of the monetary financial institutions sector (ECB/2013/33) (OJ L 297, 7.11.2013, p. 1).

(8)  Regulation (EU) No 1074/2013 of the European Central Bank of 18 October 2013 on statistical reporting requirements for post office giro institutions that receive deposits from non-monetary financial institution euro area residents (ECB/2013/39) (OJ L 297, 7.11.2013, p. 94).

(9)  Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 of the European Central Bank of 24 September 2013 concerning statistics on interest rates applied by monetary financial institutions (ECB/2013/34) (OJ L 297, 7.11.2013, p. 51).

(10)  Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 of the European Central Bank of 18 October 2013 concerning statistics on the assets and liabilities of investment funds (ECB/2013/38) (OJ L 297, 7.11.2013, p. 73).

(11)  Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 of the European Central Bank of 18 October 2013 concerning statistics on the assets and liabilities of financial vehicle corporations engaged in securitisation transactions (ECB/2013/40) (OJ L 297, 7.11.2013, p. 107).

(12)  See recital 13 of Guideline ECB/2011/23 of 9 December 2011 on the statistical reporting requirements of the European Central Bank in the field of external statistics (OJ L 65, 3.3.2012, p. 1); see also recital 5 of Recommendation ECB/2011/24 of 9 December 2011 on the statistical reporting requirements of the European Central Bank in the field of external statistics (OJ C 64, 3.3.2012, p. 1).

(13)  Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 of the European Central Bank of 28 November 2013 on payments statistics (ECB/2013/43) (OJ L 352, 24.12.2013, p. 18).

(14)  Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (OJ L 176, 27.6.2013, p. 1).

(15)  See ‘Bridging tables between the accounting balance sheet items of the NCBs and the ECB and the items to be reported for statistical purposes’, to be published on the ECB’s website at www.ecb.europa.eu




ANNEX I

Monitoring the consistency between accounting and statistical data in respect of the NCB/ECB balance sheets

PART 1

Description of the monthly consistency checks











 


Chk No


Statistical item NCB/ECB balance sheet


Relationship


Accounting item







Liabilities



1


Currency in circulation


>=


The statistical category should slightly exceed the accounting category, as only the statistical category includes coins issued by the central government


Banknotes in circulation




2


Deposits of euro area residents


>=<


The statistical category should be larger than the sum of the accounting items. This is due to the fact that intra-Eurosystem positions are included within the statistical category at an aggregated level, whereas they are excluded from the accounting items (1). However, the relationship may be different as the accounting items include the intra-Eurosystem positions representing the counterpart to the euro banknote adjustments which are recorded under ‘remaining assets/liabilities’ for statistical purposes, and as balances in foreign currency are revalued at a different frequency (quarterly as regards the accounting data, monthly as regards the statistical data)


Liabilities to euro area credit institutions in euro + other liabilities to euro area credit institutions in euro + liabilities to other euro area residents in euro + liabilities to euro area residents in foreign currency




3


Deposits of euro area residents, of which monetary financial institutions (MFIs)


>=<


This check should reflect the impact of the inclusion of intra-Eurosystem balances on a gross basis within the statistical category and of their exclusion from the accounting categories (1). In principle, the statistical data should be larger than the accounting data, partly because they include liabilities to financial counterparties in foreign currency. However, the different classification of the counterpart to the euro banknotes adjustments may reverse this relationship


Liabilities to euro area credit institutions in euro + other liabilities to euro area credit institutions in euro




4


Deposits of euro area residents, of which central government + other general government/other euro area residents


=<


The sum of the statistical categories should be smaller than the sum of the accounting categories due to the inclusion of liabilities to credit institutions in foreign currency only in the accounting data


Liabilities to other euro area residents in euro + liabilities to euro area residents in foreign currency




5


Debt securities issued


=


The statistical category should equal the accounting category


Debt certificates issued




6


Capital and reserves


>=


The statistical category may differ slightly from the accounting one because of the revaluation effect, which takes place on a quarterly basis in some central banks. Moreover, a difference arises as the accounting balance sheet item ‘profits not yet allocated’ and some of the item ‘provisions account’ are recorded as a sub-set of the residual item in the accounting data, but are part of ‘capital and reserves’ in the statistical data


Capital and reserves + revaluation accounts




7


External liabilities


≈


The statistical category should be approximately the same as the sum of the accounting items. The two values can only differ due to different valuation periodicity


Liabilities to non-euro area residents in euro + liabilities to non-euro area residents in foreign currency + counterpart of special drawing rights allocated by the International Monetary Fund




8


Remaining liabilities


≈


Any difference between the statistical category and the accounting category might be explained by the differences identified elsewhere in the balance sheet


Other liabilities







Assets



9


Loans to euro area residents


>=


See Checks Nos 10 and 11


Lending to euro area credit institutions in euro + other claims on euro area credit institutions in euro + general government debt in euro




10


Loans to euro area residents, of which MFIs


>=


The statistical category should be larger than the sum of the accounting items. Differences are mainly due to intra-Eurosystem positions being reported gross in the statistical data, but netted out from the accounting report (see also liabilities) (1). Moreover, accounting data do not include balances in foreign currency


Lending to euro area credit institutions in euro + other claims on euro area credit institutions in euro




11


Loans to euro area residents, of which general government


>=


The statistical category is an all-currency concept and may be larger than the accounting category, which refers to loans denominated only in euro


General government debt in euro




12


Holdings of debt securities issued by euro area residents


>=


The statistical category should be larger than the accounting category because it includes holdings of securities denominated in foreign currency and some other securities holdings, which are classified under ‘other assets’ (for staff pension funds, investment of own capital, etc.) in accounting data


Securities of euro area residents in euro




13


Loans to euro area residents, of which other euro area residents + holdings of shares/other equity issued by euro area residents + fixed assets + remaining assets


≈


See Check No 8


Other assets + claims on euro area residents in foreign currency




14


External assets


>=


The statistical category should be slightly larger than the sum of the accounting categories because it includes some shares and other equity and cash (banknotes) in foreign currencies, which are excluded from the accounting category. The two values can also differ due to different valuation periodicity


Gold and gold receivables + claims on non-euro area residents in foreign currency + claims on non-euro area residents in euro




PART 2

Template for the consistency checks

The consistency checks must be performed and transmitted to the ECB in accordance with Article 4. A consistency check is deemed as failed where the difference between the statistical value and the accounting value is greater than EUR 2 billion (in absolute value). In such cases, NCBs must provide explanations of the reasons underlying the failure.






Name of the central bank: …


Consistency checks for the end-month: …

















Items


Statistical value (2)



Accounting value (2)



Difference (2)



Check result (3)



Explanation (4)











1 —


Currency in circulation






 


 


 


 


 










2 —


Deposits of euro area residents






 


 


 


 


 










3 —


Deposits of euro area residents, of which MFIs






 


 


 


 


 










4 —


Deposits of euro area residents, of which non-MFIs






 


 


 


 


 










5 —


Debt securities issued






 


 


 


 


 










6 —


Capital and reserves






 


 


 


 


 










7 —


External liabilities






 


 


 


 


 










8 —


Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 










9 —


Loans to euro area residents






 


 


 


 


 










10 —


Loans to euro area residents, of which MFIs






 


 


 


 


 










11 —


Loans to euro area residents, of which general government






 


 


 


 


 










12 —


Holdings of debt securities issued by euro area residents






 


 


 


 


 










13 —


Residual assets






 


 


 


 


 










14 —


External assets






 


 


 


 


 






(1)  However, from a national perspective, this effect should not be present, since both sets of data are reported on a gross basis while only accounting data are consolidated by the ECB (and intra-Eurosystem positions are netted out) for the purpose of the weekly financial statement.

(2)  Values must be reported in EUR million.

(3)  Enter ‘OK’ if the linear relationship of the consistency check is satisfied, or ‘Failed’ if the consistency check fails.

(4)  For every failed consistency check, please classify the failure by selecting from the four following categories: (a) discrepancies due to one-off revision; (b) discrepancies due to regular revision; (c) discrepancies due to different presentation or classification rules; and (d) any other discrepancies, including reporting errors. Detailed explanations must also be provided.





ANNEX II

REPORTING SCHEMES

PART 1

Balance sheet item statistics on monetary financial institutions

All statistical returns must contain the data specified in the relevant tables of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) or of this Guideline, irrespective of the actual existence of the underlying phenomenon, and even when they are zero or missing. ‘NC’ must be used to indicate that the phenomenon does not exist. However, if data are not available for the memorandum items, national central banks (NCBs) may decide not to provide them.
For monthly series required under Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) that were reported with a quarterly frequency for the periods prior to January 2003 under Regulation (EC) No 2819/98 (ECB/1998/16) (1), historical revisions referring to periods prior to January 2003 must be reported on the initiative of the European Central Bank (ECB) or the relevant national central bank (NCB) following a bilateral agreement.
As regards balance sheet data for other monetary financial institutions (MFIs), NCBs are expected to report to the ECB data on outstanding amounts in accordance with Tables 1 to 4 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), and flow adjustments in accordance with Tables 1 and 2 below. NCBs and the ECB must also report data on their own balance sheets in accordance with the same requirements, with the exception of the items relating to money market fund (MMF) shares/units issued. In addition, NCBs and the ECB must also report data on their own holdings of gold and gold receivables (only monetary gold) and receivables from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) (e.g. drawing rights and special drawing rights (SDR)), and on their liabilities to the IMF in relation to SDRs.
As regards the requirements concerning loan securitisations and other loan transfers, NCBs are expected to report to the ECB data in accordance with Tables 5a and 5b of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), and flow adjustments data in accordance with Tables 3a and 3b below. Additional items on loans securitisation and other loan transfers should be reported in Table 4, in so far as these data are not required under Tables 5a and 5b of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

Table 1.


Items for which monthly flow adjustments are required
                         (*1)












































BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


Banks


Non-Banks




 


of which: central bank (S1.121)


of which: Deposit-taking corporations except the central bank (S1.122)


 


of which: credit institutions subject to RRs, ECB and NCBs


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


 


 


of which: central bank (S1.121)


of which: deposit-taking corporations except the central bank (S1.122)


 


of which: credit institutions subject to RRs, ECB and NCBs


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




of which: credit institutions


Central government (S.1311)


Other general government


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


of which: credit institutions


Central Government (S.1311)


Other general government


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)




 


of which: CCP (2)



of which: FVCs


 


of which: CCP (2)



of which: FVCs





LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











8



Currency in circulation






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9



Deposits






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: intra-group positions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: transferable deposits


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: syndicated loans


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9e



Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9.1e



Overnight






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: transferable deposits


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9.2e



With agreed maturity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9.3e



Redeemable at notice






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 3 months


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 3 months


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9.4e



Repos






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9x



Foreign currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9.1x



Overnight






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9.2x



With agreed maturity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9.3x



Redeemable at notice






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 3 months


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 3 months


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9.4x



Repos






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











10



MMFs shares/units
 (4)






#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#











11



Debt securities issued






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












11e


Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#




of which: up to 2 years and nominal capital guarantee below 100%


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#












11x


Foreign currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#




of which: up to 2 years and nominal capital guarantee below 100%


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#











12



Capital and reserves






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#











13



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#





Counterpart of SDRs
 (5)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#
















































BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








MFIs


Non-MFIs


MFIs


Non-MFIs




 


of which central bank (S.121)


of which deposit-taking corporations except the central bank (S.122)


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


 


of which: central bank (S.121)


of which: deposit-taking corporations except the central bank (S.122)


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total
(e)


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)
(f)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total
(p)


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)
(f)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)




 


of which: CCP (2)



of which: FVCs


Total


Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending


 


of which: CCP (2)



of which: FVCs


Total


Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending




 


of which: SP/P (3)



 


of which: SP/P (3)






ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1



Cash






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










1e


of which: euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2



Loans






#


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


#


 


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


#


 


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 




over 1 year and up to 5 years


 


 


 


#


 


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


#


 


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


#


 


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


#


 


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


 




of which: intra-group positions


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: syndicated loans


#


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: reverse repos


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












2e


of which: euro






 


 


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: revolving loans and overdrafts


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: convenience credit card credit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: extended credit card credit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 











3



Debt securities held






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 












3e


Euro






 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


#


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












3x


Foreign currencies






 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


#


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











4



Equity






#


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 













5



Investment fund shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




MMF shares/units


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 




Non-MMF investment fund shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 











6



Non-financial assets (including fixed assets)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#











7



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#





Gold & gold receivables (only monetary gold)
 (5)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#





Receivables from IMF - drawing rights, SDR, other
 (5)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#





Table 2.


Items for which quarterly flow adjustments are required
 (*2)























































BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








MFIs


Non MFIs


MFIs


Non MFIs


Total




Total


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


Total


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


 


Banks


Non-banks




Total


Central government (S.1311)


Other general government


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total


Central government (S.1311)


Other general government


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


General government


Other resident sectors




Total


State government (S.1312)


Local government (S.1313)


Social security funds (S.1314)


 


 


 


Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending


Total


State government (S.1312)


Local government (S.1313)


Social security funds (S.1314)


 


 


 


Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending




Real estate collateral


Total


 


Real estate collateral


 


Real estate collateral


 


Real estate collateral


Real estate collateral


Total


 


Real estate collateral


 


Real estate collateral


 


Real estate collateral







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











8



Currency in circulation






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9



Deposits






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










9.1.


Overnight






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










9.2.


With agreed maturity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










9.3.


Redeemable at notice






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










9.4.


Repos






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











10.



MMFs shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











11.



Debt securities issued






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











12.



Capital and reserves






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













13.



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: financial derivatives


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 




of which: accrued interest on deposits


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











1.



Cash






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2.



Loans






 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


 


#


 


#


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


 


#


 


#


 


#


#


#


 




upto 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










2e


Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


 


#


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


#


 


#


 


#


 


 


 


 


 













3.



Debt securities held






 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











4.



Equity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













5.



Investment fund shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




MMFs shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Non-MMF investment fund shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











6.



Non-financial assets (including fixed assets)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













7.



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: financial derivatives


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


#


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 




of which: accrued interest on loans


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 3a.


Securitisations and other loan transfers: items for which monthly flow adjustments are required
 (*3)



























BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world








MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Other gen.gov't (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total


Other gen. gov't (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)













1.



Outstanding amounts of securitised loans not derecognised






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












1.1


Total






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










1.1.1


of which securitised through a euro area FVC






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2.



Loans securitised and derecognised for which the MFI acts as servicer
 (*4)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










2.1


Outstanding amounts






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 3b.


Securitisations and other loan transfers: items for which quarterly flow adjustments are required (*5)


































BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world








MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)




Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending


Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending




 


SP/P (7)



 


SP/P (7)














1.



Securitised loans, write-downs practised at the time of the loan transfer






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1.1



counterparty in the transfer






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







is an FVC



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1.1.1.



of which counterparty in the transfer is a euro area FVC






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2.



Loans securitised and derecognised for which the MFI acts as servicer
 (6)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2.1



Outstanding amounts






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loan purpose


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













3.



Outstanding amounts of loans serviced in a securitisation






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













3.1



Loans serviced: all FVCs






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













3.1.1



Loans serviced: of which euro area FVCs






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 4.


Securitisations and other loan transfers: loans derecognised from the MFI balance sheet







BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world








MFIs


Non-MFIs


MFIs


Non-MFIs




General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)




Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending


Credit for consumption


Lending for house purchase


Other lending




 


SP/P (9)



 


SP/P (9)














3.



Loans derecognised by MFIs (8)







 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













3.1



Outstanding amounts






 



M




M



 



M




M




M




M




M




M



 



M




M



 



M




M




M




M




M




M




M





Loan purpose


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q




Q




Q




Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q




Q




Q




Q



 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 













3.2



Financial transactions, excluding the






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





impact of loan transfers



 



M




M



 



M




M




M




M




M




M



 



M




M



 



M




M




M




M




M




M




M





Loan purpose


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q




Q




Q




Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q




Q




Q




Q



 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Q



 


 


 


 


 













M



Monthly data requirements.





Q



Quarterly data requirements.










PART 2

Statistics on electronic money


Table 1.


Monthly statistical reporting requirements on electronic money issued by MFIs not granted a derogation under Article 9(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)










BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








LIABILITIES











9


Deposits (all currencies)






 


 


 


 












9e


Deposits (euro)






 


 


 


 












9.1e


Overnight






 


 


 


 




of which: electronic money


 


 


 


 










9.1.1e


Hardware-based electronic money






 


 


 


 










9.1.2e


Software-based electronic money






 


 


 


 












9x


Deposits (foreign currencies)






 


 


 


 












9.1x


Overnight






 


 


 


 




of which: electronic money


 


 


 


 










9.1.1x


Hardware-based electronic money






 


 


 


 










9.1.2x


Software-based electronic money






 


 


 


 








Table 2.


Annual statistical reporting requirements on electronic money issued by all electronic money institutions that are not credit institutions or by small MFIs granted a derogation under Article 9(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)










BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








TOTAL ASSETS/TOTAL LIABILITIES





Total assets/liabilities (all currencies)


 


 


 


 




of which: electronic money institutions


 


 


 


 




of which: MFIs other than credit institutions


 


 


 


 




of which: MFIs granted a derogation under Article 9(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)


 


 


 


 




of which: non-MFIs issuing electronic money


 


 


 


 




LIABILITIES













9


Deposits (all currencies)






 


 


 


 












9.1


Overnight






 


 


 


 




of which: electronic money


 


 


 


 




of which: issued by MFIs other than credit institutions


 


 


 


 




of which: issued by MFIs granted a derogation under Article 9(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)


 


 


 


 




of which: issued by non-MFIs issuing electronic money


 


 


 


 




PART 3

Statistics on POGIs and central government

The statistical requirements on POGIs and central government cover their monetary liabilities vis-à-vis euro area resident non-monetary financial institutions and their holdings of cash and securities issued by euro area MFIs. NCBs are expected to report to the ECB data on outstanding amounts in accordance with the scheme laid down in Annex 1 to Regulation (EU) No 1074/2013 (ECB/2013/39), and flow adjustments in accordance with Table 1 below.
If the reporting sector is not applicable in the specific country (e.g. no POGI as defined in Regulation (EU) No 1074/2013 (ECB/2013/39) exists and central government positions are insignificant), NCBs may choose not to report this set of series.

Table 1.


POGIs and central government data, items for which monthly flow adjustments are required (*6)




























BALANCE SHEET ITEMS


Euro area




MFIs








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic








MFIs


Non-MFIs


MFIs


Non-MFIs




General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Central Government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1



Cash






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




1e of which: euro


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2



Loans






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











3



Debt securities held






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












3e


Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












3x


Foreign currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











4



MMF shares/units






 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5



Deposits






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5e



Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5.1e



Overnight






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













5.2e



With agreed maturity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













5.3e



Redeemable at notice






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 3 months


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5.4e



Repos






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5x



Foreign currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5.1x



Overnight






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













5.2x



With agreed maturity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













5.3x



Redeemable at notice






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 3 months


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5.4x



Repos






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




PART 4

Memorandum items


Section 1:   Monthly memorandum items for the derivation and assessment of the monetary aggregates and counterparts


Table 1.
 (*7)


ECB/NCBs’ data










 


Domestic


Euro area other than domestic


Rest of the world


Total





LIABILITIES















8



Currency in circulation






 


 


 


 




of which: banknotes


 


 


 


 










—


Euro banknotes






 


 


 



#











—


National denomination banknotes






 


 


 



# (10)






of which: coins


 


 


 


 










—


Coins denominated in euro






 


 


 



#











—


Coins in national denominations






 


 


 



# (10)















11



Debt securities issued (11)







 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 













14



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 




of which: accruals on deposits


 


 


 


†




of which: transit items


 


 


 


†




of which: suspense items


 


 


 


†




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


†




of which: intra-Eurosystem liabilities related to the allocation of euro banknotes




 (12)




 


 





ASSETS















7



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 




of which: accruals on loans


 


 


 


†




of which: transit items


 


 


 


†




of which: suspense items


 


 


 


†




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


†




of which: intra-Eurosystem claims related to the allocation of euro banknotes




 (12)




 


 








Table 2.
 (*8)


Other MFIs data










 


Domestic


Euro area other than domestic


Rest of the world


Total





LIABILITIES















9



Deposits






 


 


 


 





Counterpart liability to non-derecognised loans (13)




†


†


†


 













11



Debt securities issued (14)







 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year



#




#




#



 




Euro



#




#




#



 




Foreign currencies



#




#




#



 




Over 1 and up to 2 years



#




#




#



 




Euro



#




#




#



 




Foreign currencies



#




#




#



 













13



Capital and reserves






 


 


 


 




of which: provisions


 


 


 




 (15)















14



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 




of which: accruals on deposits


 


 


 


†




of which: transit items


 


 


 


†




of which: suspense items


 


 


 


†




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


†




of which: provisions


 


 


 




 (15)







ASSETS















7



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 




of which: accruals on loans


 


 


 


†




of which: transit items


 


 


 


†




of which: suspense items


 


 


 


†




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


†





Section 2:   Monthly memorandum items to derive weighting information for MFI interest rate statistics


Other MFIs’ data (stocks)










Euro-denominated loans granted by other MFIs to indicated sub-categories of ‘other residents’




ASSETS


Non-financial corp. (S.11)


Households etc. (S.14+S.15)




Consumer credit


Housing loans


Other (residual)













A.



Domestic






 


 


 


 







Loans



 


 


 


 




of which euro


 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 




Over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 




Over 2 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 




Over 5 years


 


 


 


 













B.



Other euro area Member States






 


 


 


 







Loans



 


 


 


 




of which euro


 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 




Over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 




Over 2 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 




Over 5 years


 


 


 


 





Section 3:   Quarterly memorandum items to compile monetary union financial accounts


NCBs/ECB/other MFIs’ data
 (*9)
,
 (*10)




















 


Domestic


Euro area other than domestic


Rest of the world


Total




MFIs


Central govern-ment


OFIs


ICs


PFs


NFCs


MFIs


Central govern-ment


OFIs


ICs


PFs


NFCs







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













11



Debt securities issued






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: interest accruals


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (16)















14



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: accruals on debt securities issued


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (16)






of which: net equity of households in pension funds reserves


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#

 (17)






of which: revaluation accounts


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (18)






of which: liability to non-resident branches/offices


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (18)






of which: liability adjustment accounts


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: debit balance on income/expenditure accounts; current/previous years’ profits/losses; securities lending business; short positions in securities; depreciation


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (18)









ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













3



Debt securities held






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: interest accruals


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (16)






Up to 1 year


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


#


 




of which: euro


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


#


 




Over 1 year


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


#


 




of which: euro


 


#


 


 


 


 


 


#


 


 


 


 


#


 













5



Equity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




listed shares


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 




unlisted shares


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 




other equity


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 


#


#


#


#


#


 













7



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: accruals on debt securities held


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (16)






of which: prepayment of insurance premiums and reserves for outstanding claims


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#

 (19)






of which: revaluation accounts


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (18)






of which: claims/capital injections into non-resident branches/offices


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (18)






of which: asset adjustment accounts


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: credit balance on income/expenditure accounts; current/previous years’ profits/losses; own shares; securities lending business


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 (18)






PART 5

Reserve base statistics


Table 1.


Balance sheet item data required to compile statistics on the reserve base








BALANCE SHEET ITEMS


World
Euro area other MFIs not subject to reserve requirements, euro area non-MFIs and rest of the world


Total







LIABILITIES



 


 













9



Deposits (all currencies)






 


 










9.1


Overnight






R1


 










9.2


With agreed maturity — up to 2 years






 










9.3


Redeemable at notice — up to 2 years






 













9



Deposits (all currencies)






 


 










9.2


With agreed maturity — over 2 years






R2


 










9.3


Redeemable at notice — over 2 years






 










9.4


Repurchase agreements






R3


 













11



Debt securities issued (all currencies)






 


 




Up to 2 years


R4


 




Over 2 years (20)



 


R5








Table 2.


Balance sheet item data required for control purposes







 








A.


Domestic








Not allocated




Lump sum allowance


R6





Calculation of lump sum allowance for control purposes (R6):


Lump sum allowance: The allowance is applied to every credit institution. Each credit institution deducts a maximum lump sum designed to reduce the administrative cost of managing very small reserve requirements. Should [reserve base × reserve ratio] be less than EUR 100 000, then the lump sum allowance equals [reserve base × reserve ratio]. Should [reserve base × reserve ratio] be greater than or equal to EUR 100 000, then the lump sum allowance equals EUR 100 000. Institutions allowed to report statistical data regarding their consolidated reserve base as a group (as defined in Section 1 of Part 2 of Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) hold minimum reserves through one of the institutions in the group which is acting as an intermediary exclusively for these institutions. In accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EC) No 1745/2003 (ECB/2003/9), in the latter case only the group as a whole is entitled to deduct the lump sum allowance.
The minimum (or ‘required’) reserves are computed as follows:
Minimum (or ‘required’) reserves = reserve base × reserve ratio – lump sum allowance.
The reserve ratio applies in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1745/2003 (ECB/2003/9).
PART 6

Macro ratio statistics


Credit institutions’ balance sheet item data to compile the macro ratio












BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








MFIs


Non-MFIs


MFIs


Non-MFIs





LIABILITIES















11.




Debt securities issued (all currencies)






 


 


 


 


 


 




Up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 



MR1






ASSETS















3.




Debt securities held (all currencies)






 


 


 


 


 


 




Up to 2 years



MR2



 



MR3



 


 


 




PART 7

MMF balance sheet statistics


Tabel 1.


MMFs — Stocks

Quarterly series






BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


Banks


Non-banks




Total


General government (S.13)


Other residents


Total


General government (S.13)


Other residents


General government


Other non-resident sectors




Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





MMFs shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Capital & reserves



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Remaining liabilities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Equity



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Total currencies


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Euro


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Foreign currencies


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Investment fund shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




MMF shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Non-MMF investment fund shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Remaining assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












 


(Monthly and quarterly) requirements addressed to MFIs by Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).




 


(Quarterly) requirements addressed to IFs by Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), to be reported for MMFs as memo items if available at NCBs.














MMFs — Reclassifications

Quarterly series






BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


Banks


Non-banks




Total


General government (S.13)


Other residents


Total


General government (S.13)


Other residents


General government


Other non-resident sectors




Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126 +S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





MMFs shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Capital & reserves



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Remaining liabilities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Debt securities held



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Total currencies


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Euro


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Foreign currencies


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Investment fund shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




MMF shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Non-MMF investment fund shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Remaining assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












 


(Monthly and quarterly) requirements addressed to MFIs by Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).




 


(Quarterly) requirements addressed to IFs by Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), to be reported for MMFs as memo items if available at NCBs.














MMFs — Revaluations

Quarterly series






BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs


Total


Banks


Non-banks




Total


General government (S.13)


Other residents


Total


General government (S.13)


Other residents


General government


Other non-resident sectors




Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126 +S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Central government (S.1311)


Other general government (S.1312+S.1313+S.1314)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





MMFs shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Capital & reserves



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Remaining liabilities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Debt securities held



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Total currencies


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Euro


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Foreign currencies


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Investment fund shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




MMF shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Non-MMF investment fund shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Remaining assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: financial derivatives


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












 


(Monthly and quarterly) requirements addressed to MFIs by Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).




 


(Quarterly) requirements addressed to IFs by Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), to be reported for MMFs as memo items if available at NCBs.






Under Article 9(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), NCBs may grant a derogation in respect of the reporting of revaluation adjustments to MMFs.
Nevertheless, if the amounts involved are significant, NCBs are requested to provide information on a best efforts basis.





Table 2.


MMFs — Stocks

Quarterly series






BALANCE SHEET ITEMS


All currencies


Euro


Other currencies




 


GBP


USD


JPY


CHF







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Rest of the world



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt securities held



 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Domestic



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




issued by MFIs


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




issued by non-MFIs


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Euro area other than domestic



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




issued by MFIs


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




issued by non-MFIs


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Rest of the world



 


 


 


 


 


 


 












 


(Quarterly) requirements addressed to MFIs by Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).










PART 8

Structural financial indicators









1.



Number of branches of credit institutions (CIs) as at the end of the reference period. This indicator must only include branches that belong to CIs. The offices of institutional units that are not themselves CIs must be excluded, even if they belong to the same group as a CI.












2.



Number of employees of CIs. This indicator refers to the average number of CI employees during the reference year. Employees of financial institutions that are not themselves CIs must be excluded, even if these institutions belong to the same group.












3.



Share of the five largest CIs in total assets (‘CR5’). This indicator refers to the concentration of the banking business. NCBs must adopt the following unconsolidated aggregated approach to derive it: (a) rank the balance sheet totals of all reporting CIs; (b) calculate (i) the sum of the five largest balance sheet totals; and (ii) the sum of all balance sheet totals; and (c) calculate the proportion of (i) over (ii). Data to be reported to the ECB must be expressed as percentages, e.g. a value of 72,4296 % must be reported as 72,4296 and not as 0,7243. Although the composition of the five largest banks may change over time, NCBs must only provide the share of the five largest CIs at a specific point in time (end-December of the reference year).












4.



Herfindahl index (HI) for CIs’ total assets. Similar to the previous indicator, this refers to the concentration of banking business. NCBs must follow as far as possible an aggregated approach. In this case, the calculation of the HI must include the aggregated balance sheet of each CI included in the group, perhaps using the accounting information contained in these institutions’ annual financial statements. Where not all CIs are in the tail report data, data must be grossed up.
The HI is obtained by summing the squares of the market shares of all the CIs in the banking sector and must be reported to the ECB in accordance with the following formula:







HI


=





, where:




n


=


total number of CIs in the country




Xi



=


total assets of CIi





X


=





 = total assets of all CIs of the country.
















5.



Total investments of insurance companies (21)
. This indicator refers to these companies’ total financial assets, and is obtained by deducting the non-financial assets such as fixed assets from the aggregated balance sheet total. If necessary, figures should be grossed up to ensure 100 % coverage. If separate information on insurance companies is not available, this indicator may be combined with the indicator ‘total assets under management by pension funds’ to form one single indicator. NCBs must flag the series if ‘combined’ recording is adopted.












6.



Total assets under management by pension funds (22)
. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet totals of autonomous pension funds. If separate information on pension funds is not available, this indicator may be combined with the indicator ‘total investments of insurance companies’ to form one single indicator. In this case, a nil return must be provided in respect of the indicator ‘total assets under management by pension funds’.












7.



Number of branches of CIs from other EU countries. This indicator refers to the number of branches in the reporting country which belong to CIs resident in other EU countries. If a CI has more than one branch in a particular country, it is counted as one. NCBs must ensure that data as from the end of 1999 are consistent with data reported in the framework of the MFI list.












8.



Total assets of branches of CIs from other EU countries. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet total of the branches covered by the indicator ‘number of branches of CIs from other EU countries’.












9.



Number of subsidiaries of CIs from other EU countries. This indicator refers to the number of subsidiaries in the reporting country which are controlled by a CI resident in other EU countries. Only subsidiaries that are themselves CIs may be counted.












10.



Total assets of subsidiaries of CIs from other EU countries. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet total of the subsidiaries covered by the indicator ‘number of subsidiaries of CIs from other EU countries’.












11.



Number of branches of CIs from extra EU countries. This indicator refers to the number of branches resident in the reporting country, which belong to CIs resident in countries that are not in the EU. If a bank has more than one branch in a particular country, it is counted as one. NCBs must ensure that data are consistent with data reported in the framework of the MFI list.












12.



Total assets of branches of CIs from extra EU countries. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet total of the branches covered by the indicator ‘number of branches of CIs from extra EU countries’.












13.



Number of subsidiaries of CIs from extra EU countries. This indicator refers to the number of subsidiaries resident in the reporting country, controlled by CIs resident in countries that are not Member States.












14.



Total assets of subsidiaries of CIs from extra EU countries. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet total of the subsidiaries covered by the indicator ‘number of subsidiaries of CIs from extra EU countries’












15.



Number of branches of CIs from other euro area Member States. This indicator refers to the number of branches resident in the reporting country, belonging to CIs resident in other euro area Member States. If a bank has more than one branch in a particular country, it is counted as one. NCBs must ensure that data are consistent with data reported in the framework of the MFI list.












16.



Total assets of branches of CIs from other euro area Member States. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet total of the branches covered by the indicator ‘number of branches of CIs from other euro area Member States’.












17.



Number of subsidiaries of CIs from other euro area Member States. This indicator refers to the number of subsidiaries resident in the reporting country which are controlled by CIs resident in other euro area Member States.












18.



Total assets of subsidiaries of CIs from other euro area Member States. This indicator refers to the aggregated balance sheet total of the subsidiaries covered by the indicator ‘number of subsidiaries of CIs from other euro area Member States’.





Table 1.


Structural financial indicators (stocks)













Structural Indicators








1.


Domestic area












2.


Other EU countries












3.


Extra EU countries












4.


Other participating Member States








Credit institutions


Insurance corporations and pension funds


Credit institutions


Credit institutions


Credit institutions




Total


Insurance corporations


Pension funds




Number of employees of CIs


S1


 


 


 


 


 


 




Number of branches of CIs


S2


 


 


 


S3


S4


S5




Number of subsidiaries of CIs


 


 


 


 


S6


S7


S8




Herfindahl index for CIs total assets


S9


 


 


 


 


 


 




Share of the 5 largest CIs in total assets (CR5)


S10


 


 


 


 


 


 






Total assets


 


S11


S12


S13


 


 


 




Total assets of branches


 


 


 


 


S14


S15


S16




Total assets of subsidiaries


 


 


 


 


S17


S18


S19








Table 2.


Structural financial indicators (flow adjustments)













Structural Indicators








1.


Domestic area












2.


Other EU countries












3.


Extra EU area












4.


Other participating Member States








Credit institutions


Insurance corporations and pension funds


Credit institutions


Credit institutions


Credit institutions




Total


Insurance corporations


Pension funds





Reclassifications and other adjustments








Total assets


 


S20


S21


S22


 


 


 




Total assets of branches


 


 


 


 


S23


S24


S25




Total assets of subsidiaries


 


 


 


 


S26


S27


S28





Other revaluation adjustments








Total assets


 


S29


S30


S31


 


 


 




Total assets of branches


 


 


 


 


S32


S33


S34




Total assets of subsidiaries


 


 


 


 


S35


S36


S37




PART 9

Consolidated banking data


Table 1.A.


CBD Annual — Reporters













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 1.


Reporting population












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








No of stand alone credit institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of credit institutions consolidated in banking groups


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No. of banking groups


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total number of credit institutions *


 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 1.B.


CBD Annual — Profitability and efficiency













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 2.


Consolidated Income Statement












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small









CONTINUING OPERATIONS








Financial & operating income and expenses









Interest income


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Cash & cash balances with central banks



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial assets held for trading [if accounted for separately] *



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss [if accounted for separately] *



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Available-for-sale financial assets *



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and receivables [including finance leases] *



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Held-to-maturity investments*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Derivatives - Hedge accounting, interest rate risk*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






(Interest expenses)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Deposits from central banks)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial liabilities held for trading [if accounted for separately])*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss [if accounted for separately])*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost)*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Derivatives - Hedge accounting, interest rate risk)*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Other liabilities)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Expenses on share capital repayable on demand)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net interest income [full sample]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net interest income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 







Dividend income [full sample]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial assets held for trading [if accounted for separately]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss [if accounted for separately]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Available-for-sale financial assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Dividend income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 




Fee and commission income


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Fee and commission expenses)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net fee and commission income [full sample]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net fee and commission income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 






Realised gains (losses) on financial assets & liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net*


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Available-for-sale financial assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and receivables [including finance leases]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Held-to-maturity investments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net*


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity instruments and related derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Interest rate instruments and related derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Foreign exchange trading



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Credit risk instruments and related derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Commodities and related derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other [including hybrid derivatives]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net*


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 




Exchange differences, net


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Trading and foreign exchange results [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Trading and foreign exchange results [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 




Gains (losses) on derecognition of assets other than held for sale, net


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other operating income [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other operating income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 




(Other operating expenses)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total operating income [full sample]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total operating income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 







(Administration costs)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Staff expenses)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(General and administrative expenses)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 







(Depreciation)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Property, Plant and Equipment)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Investment Properties)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Intangible assets [other than goodwill])



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Total operating expenses) [full sample]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Total operating expenses) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 





(Provisions) [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Provisions) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 







(Impairment) [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial assets measured at cost [unquoted equity])*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Available-for-sale financial assets) *



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Loans and receivables [including finance leases])*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Held to maturity investments) *



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Impairment on non-financial assets)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Property, plant and equipment)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Investment properties)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Goodwill)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Intangible assets [other than goodwill])



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Other)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Impairment) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net value adjustments/impairments on financial assets [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net value adjustments/impairments on non-financial assets [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Negative goodwill immediately recognised in profit or loss



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Share of the profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Profit (loss) from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 





TOTAL PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Tax (expense) income related to profit or loss from continuing operations


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 





TOTAL PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





TOTAL PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 





TOTAL PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS [full sample]*



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Profit (loss) attributable to minority interest


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 





PROFIT (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 




No of institutions with RoE < 0


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of institutions with RoE 0-5 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of institutions with RoE 5-10 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of institutions with RoE 10-15 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of institutions with RoE 15-20 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of institutions with RoE > 20 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




% of total banking assets of institutions with RoE < 0


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




% of total banking assets of institutions with RoE 0-5 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




% of total banking assets of institutions with RoE 5-10 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




% of total banking assets of institutions with RoE 10-15 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




% of total banking assets of institutions with RoE 15-20 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




% of total banking assets of institutions with RoE > 20 %


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Table 1.C.


CBD Annual — Asset quality













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 3.


Non-performning loans. loss provision and impaired assets












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Total doubtful and non-performing loans (loans and debt securities) (*11)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total loss provisions (*11)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total impaired assets (loans and debt securities)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 4.


Available-for-sale financial assets.
Fair value of impaired assets IAS 39.58-70












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Equity instruments



 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)





Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 5.


Available-for-sale financial assets.
Total net carrying amount












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Equity instruments



 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)





Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




 (*11)




















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 6.


Loans and receivables (including finance leases) and held-to-maturity investments
Impaired assets (total gross carrying amount) IFRS 7.37; IFRS 7 IG 29 (a)












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Loans and receivables


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Held-to-maturity investments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 7.


Loans and receivables (including finance leases) and held-to-maturity investments
(Allowances for individually assessed financial assets) IAS 39 AG 84-86; IFRS 7.37 (b)












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small











Loans and receivables



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Held-to-maturity investments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 8.


Loans and receivables (including finance leases) and held-to-maturity investments
(Allowances for collectively assessed financial assets) (includes allowances for incurred but not reported losses) IAS 39 AG 84-90












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small











Loans and receivables



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: allowances for incurred but not reported losses


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: allowances for incurred but not reported losses


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Held-to-maturity investments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: allowances for incurred but not reported losses


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: allowances for incurred but not reported losses


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 9.


Loans and receivables (including finance leases) and held-to-maturity investments
Total net carrying amount












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small











Loans and receivables



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Held-to-maturity investments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Loans and advances


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Table 1.D.


CBD Annual — Balance sheet













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 10.


Assets












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Cash and cash balances with central banks (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Financial assets held for trading (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Derivatives held for trading



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and advances



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and advances



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Available-for-sale financial assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and advances



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Loans and receivables including finance leases


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and advances



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Held-to-maturity investments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt instruments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and advances



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Derivatives–Hedge accounting


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Fair value hedges



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Cash flow hedges



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Fair value hedge of interest rate risk



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Cash flow hedge interest rate risk



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Tangible assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Property, Plant and Equipment



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Investment property



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Intangible assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Goodwill



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other intangible assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Investments in associates, subsidiaries and joint ventures (accounted for using the equity method – including goodwill)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Tax assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Current tax assets




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)






Deferred tax assets




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)





Other assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total loans and advances [full sample] (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total loans and advances [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt instruments [full sample] (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt instruments [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total equity instruments including shares and other variable-yield securities [full sample] (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total equity instruments including shares and other variable-yield securities [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Residual assets [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 






TOTAL ASSETS (full sample) (*12)





 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL ASSETS (non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks) (*12)





 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 11.


Liabilities












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Deposits from central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Financial liabilities held for trading


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Derivatives held for trading



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Short positions



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits from credit institutions



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits (other than from credit institutions)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt certificates (including bonds intended for repurchase in short term)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other financial liabilities held for trading



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits from credit institutions



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits (other than from credit institutions)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt certificates (including bonds)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Subordinated liabilities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits from credit institutions



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Deposits (other than from credit institutions)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Debt certificates (including bonds)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Subordinated liabilities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Derivatives–Hedge accounting


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Fair value hedges



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Cash flow hedges



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Fair value hedge of interest rate risk



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Cash flow hedge interest rate risk



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Provisions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Restructuring



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Pending legal issues and tax litigation



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Pensions and other post retirement benefit obligations



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Credit commitments and guarantees



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Onerous contracts



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other provisions



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Tax liabilities


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Current tax liabilities




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)






Deferred tax liabilities




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)





Other liabilities


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Share capital repayable on demand (e.g. cooperative shares)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Amounts owed to credit institutions [full sample] (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Amounts owed to credit institutions [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Amounts owed to customers (other than credit institutions) [full sample] (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Amounts owed to customers (other than credit institutions) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt certificates [full sample] (*12)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt certificates [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Residual liabilities (non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 






TOTAL LIABILITIES (full sample)




 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL LIABILITIES (non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks)




 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 12.


Equity and minority interest












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small










Issued capital


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Paid in capital




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)






Unpaid capital which has been called up




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)





Share premium


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Other Equity


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Equity component of compound financial instruments




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)






Other equity instruments




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)




 (*12)







Revaluation reserves and other valuation differences on:


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Tangible assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Intangible assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Foreign currency translation



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Cash flow hedges (effective portion)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Available-for-sale financial assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Non-current assets or disposal groups held for sale



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other items



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Reserves (including retained earnings)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Treasury shares)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Income from current year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Interim dividends)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Minority interest


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Revaluation reserves and other valuation differences



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other items



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL EQUITY [full sample] (*12)





 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL EQUITY [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]




 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY




 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 13.


Loan commitments, financial guarantees and other commitments












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small











LOAN COMMITMENTS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Given:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Received:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 







FINANCIAL GUARANTEES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Given:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Guarantees received:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Credit derivatives received:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 







OTHER COMMITMENTS (e.g. note issuance facilities, revolving underwriting facilities,…)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Given to another counterparty:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


Received from another counterparty:






 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Table 1.E.


CBD Annual — Capital adequacy













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 14.


Own funds












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








TOTAL OWN FUNDS FOR SOLVENCY PURPOSES


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




ORIGINAL OWN FUNDS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Eligible capital


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Non-innovative instruments subject to limit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Innovative instruments subject to limit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Paid up capital


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Own shares)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Share premium


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other instruments eligible as capital


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Eligible reserves


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Minority interest


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Non-innovative instruments subject to limit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Innovative instruments subject to limit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Hybrid instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Funds for general banking risks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other country specific original own funds


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Non-innovative instruments subject to limit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Innovative instruments subject to limit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Hybrid instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Other deductions from Original Own Funds)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: (Excess on limits for non innovative instruments)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: (Excess on limits for innovative instruments)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: (Excess on the limits for hybrid instruments)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




ADDITIONAL OWN FUNDS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Core Additional Own Funds


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Of which: Excess on limits for original own funds transferred to core additional own funds


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Supplementary Additional Own Funds


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(Deductions from Additional Own Funds)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(DEDUCTIONS FROM ORIGINAL AND ADDITIONAL OWN FUNDS)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL ORIGINAL OWN FUNDS FOR GENERAL SOLVENCY PURPOSES (*13)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL ADDITIONAL OWN FUNDS FOR GENERAL SOLVENCY PURPOSES


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL ADDITIONAL OWN FUNDS SPECIFIC TO COVER MARKET RISKS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




(DEDUCTIONS FROM TOTAL OWN FUNDS)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




MEMORANDUM ITEMS: IRB provision excess (shortfall)



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 15.


Capital requirements












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (*13)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDIT, COUNTERPARTY CREDIT AND DILUTION RISKS AND FREE DELIVERIES


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Standardised approach (SA)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




SA exposure classes excluding securitization positions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments or central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Regional governments or local authorities


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Administrative bodies and non-commercial undertakings


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Multilateral Development Banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




International Organisations


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Secured by real estate property


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Past due items


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Items belonging to regulatory high-risk categories


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Covered bonds


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Short-term claims on institutions and corporate


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Collective investments undertakings (CIU)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other items


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




IRB exposure classes excluding securitization positions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments and central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Equity


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other non-credit obligation assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Securitization positions SA


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Internal ratings based Approach (IRB)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




IRB approaches when neither own estimates of LGD nor Conversion Factors are used


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments and central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




IRB approaches when own estimates of LGD and/or Conversion Factors are used


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments and central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Equity IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Securitization positions IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other non credit-obligation assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




SETTLEMENT/DELIVERY RISK


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR POSITION, FOREIGN EXCHANGE AND COMMODITY RISKS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Position, foreign exchange and commodity risks under standardised approaches (SA)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Traded debt instruments


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Equity


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Foreign Exchange


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Commodities


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Position, foreign exchange and commodity risks under internal models (IM)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONAL RISKS (OpR)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




OpR Basic indicator approach (BIA)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




OpR Standardised (STA) / Alternative Standardised (ASA) approaches


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




OpR Advanced measurement approaches (AMA)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




OTHER AND TRANSITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign non-EU controlled branches


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign EU controlled branches










Section 16.


Credit risk - number of institutions by approach






Large banks


Medium banks


Small banks




Standardised Approach


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Foundation IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Advanced IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total number of institutions (using one or more of the credit risk approaches)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign non-EU controlled branches


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign EU controlled branches










Section 17.


Market risk - number of institutions by approach






Large banks


Medium banks


Small banks




Standardised Approach


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Internal Models


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total number of institutions (using one or more of the market risk approaches)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign non-EU controlled branches


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign EU controlled branches










Section 18.


Capital requirements. Operational risk - number of institutions by approach






Large banks


Medium banks


Small banks




Basic Indicator Approach


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Standardised Approach / Alternative Standardised


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Advanced Measurement Approach


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total number of institutions (using one or more of the operational risk approaches)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks + foreign controlled non-EU subsidiaries and branches


Foreign (EU) controlled subsidiaries and foreign (EU) controlled branches










Section 19.


Capital requirements. Solvency ratio (%)






Number of institutions


Capital requirements


Assets


Number of institutions


Capital requirements


Assets




< 8


 


 


 


 


 


 




8 - 10


 


 


 


 


 


 




10 - 12


 


 


 


 


 


 




12 - 14


 


 


 


 


 


 




> 14


 


 


 


 


 


 


















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks + foreign controlled non-EU subsidiaries and branches


Foreign (EU) controlled subsidiaries and foreign (EU) controlled branches










Section 20.


Capital requirements. Tier 1 ratio (%)






Number of institutions


Capital requirements


Assets


Number of institutions


Capital requirements


Assets




< 4


 


 


 


 


 


 




4 - 6


 


 


 


 


 


 




6 - 8


 


 


 


 


 


 




8 - 12


 


 


 


 


 


 




> 12


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign non-EU controlled branches


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries


Foreign EU controlled branches










Section 21.


Exposures






Large banks


Medium banks


Small banks




TOTAL EXPOSURES TO CREDIT RISK (pre CCF, pre-CRM)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Standardised Approach (SA)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




SA exposure classes excluding securitization positions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments or central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Regional governments or local authorities


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Administrative bodies and non-commercial undertakings


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Multilateral Development Banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




International Organisations


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Secured by real estate property


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Past due items


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Items belonging to regulatory high-risk categories


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Covered bonds


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Short-term claims on institutions and corporate


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Collective investments undertakings (CIU)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other items


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




IRB exposure classes excluding securitization positions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments and central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Equity


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other non-credit obligation assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Securitization positions SA


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Internal ratings based Approach (IRB)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Foundation IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments and central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Advanced IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Central governments and central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Corporates


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Retail


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Equity IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Securitization positions IRB


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Other non credit-obligation assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




VALUE ADJUSTMENTS AND PROVISIONS



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Standardised Approach



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Standardised Approach excluding securitization positions



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Securitization positions SA



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Internal ratings based Approach (IRB)



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Foundation IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Central governments and central banks



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Institutions



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Corporates



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Retail



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Advanced IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Central governments and central banks



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Institutions



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Corporates



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Retail



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Equity IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Securitization positions IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Other non credit-obligation assets



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





IRB: EXPECTED LOSS



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Foundation IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Central governments and central banks



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Institutions



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Corporates



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Retail



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Advanced IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Central governments and central banks



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Institutions



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Corporates



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Retail



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)





Equity IRB



 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)




 (*13)






Table 2.A.


CBD Semi-annual — Reporters













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 1.


Reporting population












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








No of stand alone credit institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of credit institutions consolidated in banking groups


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




No of banking groups


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total number of credit institutions


 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 2.B.


CBD Semi-annual — Profitability and efficiency













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 2.


Consolidated Income Statement












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small











CONTINUING OPERATIONS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Financial & operating income and expenses




 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Interest income [full sample]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial assets held for trading [if accounted for separately]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss [if accounted for separately]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Available-for-sale financial assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Loans and receivables [including finance leases]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Held-to-maturity investments



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Derivatives - Hedge accounting, interest rate risk



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial liabilities held for trading [if accounted for separately])



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss [if accounted for separately])



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Derivatives - Hedge accounting, interest rate risk)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net interest income [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net interest income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Dividend income [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Dividend income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 





Net fee and commission income [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Net fee and commission income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




 




Realised gains (losses) on financial assets & liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total operating income [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total operating income [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Total operating expenses) [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Total operating expenses) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Provisions) [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Provisions) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Impairment) [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Impairment) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 






(Impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Financial assets measured at cost [unquoted equity])



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Available-for-sale financial assets)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Loans and receivables [including finance leases])



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(Held to maturity investments)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 





TOTAL PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 2.C.


CBD Semi-annual — Asset quality













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 3.


Non-performning loans. loss provision and impaired assets












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Total doubtful and non-performing loans (loans and debt securities)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total loss provisions (loans and debt securities)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Table 2.D.


CBD Semi-annual — Balance sheet













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 10.


Assets












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








Cash and cash balances with central banks


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Financial assets held for trading


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Available-for-sale financial assets


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Intangible assets [full sample]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total loans and advances [full sample]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total loans and advances [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt instruments [full sample]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt instruments [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total equity instruments including shares and other variable-yield securities [full sample]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total equity instruments including shares and other variable-yield securities [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL ASSETS [full sample]




 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL ASSETS [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]




 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 11.


Liabilities












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small











Amounts owed to credit institutions [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Amounts owed to credit institutions [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Amounts owed to customers (other than credit institutions) [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Amounts owed to customers (other than credit institutions) [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Total debt certificates [full sample]



 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Total debt certificates [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 12.


Equity and minority interest












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small










TOTAL EQUITY [full sample]




 


 


 


 


 


 


 






TOTAL EQUITY [non-IFRS and non-portfolio reporting IFRS banks]




 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Table 2.E.


CBD Semi-annual — Capital adequacy













 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 14.


Own funds












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








TOTAL OWN FUNDS FOR SOLVENCY PURPOSES


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL ORIGINAL OWN FUNDS FOR GENERAL SOLVENCY PURPOSES


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



















 


Domestic banking groups (consolidated) and stand-alone banks


Foreign non-EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign non-EU controlled branches (stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled subsidiaries (subconsolidated or stand alone)


Foreign EU controlled branches (stand alone)










Section 15.


Capital requirements












A.


Large












B.


Medium












C.


Small








TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDIT, COUNTERPARTY CREDIT AND DILUTION RISKS AND FREE DELIVERIES


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR POSITION, FOREIGN EXCHANGE AND COMMODITY RISKS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




TOTAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONAL RISKS (OpR)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




OTHER AND TRANSITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




PART 10

Data for IMF purposes


Table 1.


NCB data (stocks)











 


Domestic NCB


NCBs resident in other euro area Member States


ECB


Rest of the world


Not allocated





LIABILITIES












9


Deposits






 


 


 


 


 





ASSETS














2


Loans






 


 


 


 


 




of which: international reserve-related deposits held with the ECB (23)



 


 


 


 


 










3


Debt securities held






 


 


 


 


 










5


Equity






 


 


 


 


 








Table 2.


Other MFIs data (stocks)











 


Domestic NCB


NCBs resident in other euro area Member States


ECB


Rest of the world


Not allocated





LIABILITIES












9


Deposits






 


 


 


 


 





ASSETS












2


Loans






 


 


 


 


 










3


Debt securities held






 


 


 


 


 










5


Equity






 


 


 


 


 




PART 11

Statistics on other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds (excluding financial vehicle corporations)


Section 1:   Reporting tables

Data to be reported for security and derivative dealers (SDDs), financial corporations engaged in lending (FCLs) and other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds other than SDDs and FCLs (other OFIs) are set out in the table below.

Data on SDDs, FCLs and other OFIs. Key indicators/memorandum items









Item name and maturity/geographical/sectoral breakdown


SDDs


FCLs


Other OFIs





ASSETS






Deposits/world/total


Key


 


 




Loans/world/total


 


Key


 




Loans/world/MFIs


 


Key


 




Loans/world/non-MFIs/total


 


Key


 




Loans/world/non-MFIs/non-financial corporations


 


Key


 




Loans/world/non-MFIs/households/total


 


Key


 




Loans/world/non-MFIs/households/consumer credit


 


Key


 




Loans/world/non-MFIs/households/lending for house purchase


 


Key


 




Loans/world/non-MFIs/households/other purposes (residual)


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/total


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/MFIs


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/non-MFIs/total


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/non-MFIs/non-financial corporations


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/non-MFIs/households/total


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/non-MFIs/households/consumer credit


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/non-MFIs/households/lending for house purchase


 


Key


 




Loans/domestic/non-MFIs/households/other purposes (residual)


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/total


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/MFIs


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/non-MFIs/total


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/non-MFIs/non-financial corporations


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/non-MFIs/households/total


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/non-MFIs/households/consumer credit


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/non-MFIs/households/lending for house purchase


 


Key


 




Loans/euro area other than domestic/non-MFIs/households/other purposes (residual)


 


Key


 




Debt securities held/world/total


Key


Key


 




Equity/world/total


Key


Key


 




Investment fund shares/units/world/total


Key


 


 




Financial derivatives/world/total


Key


 


 




Remaining assets including ‘loans’/world/total


Key


 


 




Remaining assets including ‘deposits’, ‘cash’, ‘investment fund shares/units’, ‘non-financial assets’ and ‘financial derivatives’/world/total


 


Key


 




TOTAL ASSETS/LIABILITIES/world/total


Key


Key


Memo





LIABILITIES






Loans and deposits received/world/total


Key


Key


 




Debt securities issued/world/total


Key


Key


 




Capital and reserves/world/total


Key


Key


 




Financial derivatives/world/total


Key


 


 




Remaining liabilities/world/total


Key


 


 




Remaining liabilities including ‘financial derivatives’/world/total


 


Key


 





Section 2:   Instrument categories and valuation rules

In line with the ESA 2010, in principle assets and liabilities must be valued using current market prices on the date to which the balance sheet relates. Deposits and loans must be reported at face value, excluding accrued interest.

Assets


Total assets/liabilities: total assets must equal the sum of all items separately identified on the assets side of the balance sheet and must also equal total liabilities.








1.


Deposits: this item (24) consists of two main sub-categories: transferable deposits and other deposits. Holdings of currency must also be included under this item.
Valuation rules: in accordance with the general principle of accruals accounting, interest earned on deposits must be subject to on-balance-sheet recording as it accrues i.e. on an accruals basis, rather than when it is actually received or paid, i.e. on a cash basis. Accrued interest on deposits must be classified on a gross basis under the category ‘remaining assets’.
In the case of FCLs, this item should be allocated under ‘remaining assets’.












2.


Loans: this item consists of:






—


loans granted to households in the form of credit for consumption, i.e. loans granted for the purpose of mainly personal use in the consumption of goods and services; lending for house purchase, i.e. credit extended for the purpose of investing in houses for own use or rental, including building and refurbishments; and other, i.e. loans granted for purposes other than consumption and house purchase, such as business, debt consolidation, education, etc.,










—


financial leases granted to third parties,










—


bad loans that have not yet been repaid or written off,










—


holdings of non-negotiable securities,










—


subordinated debt in the form of loans.




For the sub-category SDDs, loans must be allocated under ‘remaining assets’.
Valuation rules: loans made by OFIs must be recorded gross of all related provisions, both general and specific, until the loans are written off by the reporting institution, at which point the loans must be removed from the balance sheet.
In accordance with the general principle of accruals accounting, interest earned on loans must be subject to on-balance-sheet recording as it accrues, i.e. on an accruals basis; rather than when it is actually received or paid, i.e. on a cash basis. Accrued interest on loans must be classified on a gross basis under the category ‘remaining assets’.












3.


Debt securities: this item includes holdings of debt securities, which are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt, are usually traded on secondary markets or can be offset on the market, and do not grant the holder any ownership rights over the issuing institution. It includes traded loans which have become negotiable on an organised market, provided that there is evidence of secondary market trading, including the existence of market makers, and frequent quotation of the financial asset, such as provided by bid-offer spreads.
Valuation rules: in line with the ESA 2010, debt securities must be reported at market value.












4.


Equity: equity represents property rights in corporations or quasi-corporations. Such financial assets generally entitle the holders to a share in the profits of the corporations or quasi-corporations and to a share in their net assets in the event of liquidation. Equity does not include investment fund shares/units.
This item includes:






—


listed shares: equity securities listed on an exchange. Such an exchange may be a recognised stock exchange or any other form of secondary market. Listed shares are also referred to as quoted shares. The existence of quoted prices of shares listed on an exchange means that current market prices are usually readily available (ESA 2010, paragraph 5.146),










—


unlisted shares: equity securities not listed on an exchange (ESA 2010, paragraph 5.147),










—


other equity: all forms of equity that are not listed or unlisted shares (ESA 2010, paragraphs 5.153-5.154).




Valuation rules: in line with the ESA 2010, equity must be reported at market value.












5.


Investment fund shares/units: this item includes holdings of shares/units issued by MMFs and non-MMF investment funds.
For the sub-category FCLs, investment fund shares/units must be allocated under ‘remaining assets’.
Valuation rules: in line with the ESA 2010, investment fund shares/units must be reported at market value.












6.


Financial derivatives: this item includes:






—


options,










—


warrants,










—


futures,










—


forwards,










—


swaps,










—


credit derivatives.




In the case of FCLs, this item should be allocated under ‘remaining assets’.
Financial derivatives are recorded at market value on the balance sheet on a gross basis. Individual derivative contracts with positive market values are recorded on the asset side of the balance sheet, and contracts with negative market values on the liability side. Gross future commitments arising from derivative contracts should not be entered as on-balance-sheet items. Financial derivatives may be recorded on a net basis in accordance with different valuation methods. In the event that only net positions are available, or positions are recorded other than at market value, these positions are reported instead. This item does not include financial derivatives that are not subject to on-balance-sheet recording in accordance with national rules.












7.


Remaining assets: this is the residual item on the asset side of the balance sheet, defined as ‘assets not included elsewhere’. This item comprises assets such as accrued interest receivable on loans/deposits and accrued rent on buildings, dividends to be received, amounts receivable not related to the main OFI business, gross amounts receivable in respect of suspense items, gross amounts receivable in respect of transit items, other assets not separately identified e.g. non-financial assets (including fixed assets), loans and deposits depending on the sub-category of OFI.





Liabilities

Total assets/liabilities: total liabilities must equal the sum of all items separately identified on the liability side of the balance sheet and also equal total assets (see also the asset item ‘total assets/liabilities’).








1.


Loans and deposits received: this item consists of:






—


deposits: transferable deposits and other deposits (see assets) placed with OFIs. These deposits are generally placed by MFIs,










—


loans: loans granted to OFIs which are either evidenced by non-negotiable documents or not evidenced by documents.
















2.


Debt securities issued: securities issued by OFIs, other than equity, which are instruments that are usually negotiable and traded on secondary markets or which can be offset on the market and which do not grant the holder any ownership rights over the issuing institution.












3.


Capital and reserves: this item comprises the amounts arising from the issue of equity capital by an OFI to shareholders or other proprietors, representing for the holder property rights in the OFI and generally an entitlement to a share in its profits and in its own funds in the event of liquidation. Funds arising from non-distributed benefits or funds set aside by the OFI in anticipation of likely future payments and obligations are also included. It includes:






—


equity capital,










—


non-distributed benefits or funds,










—


specific and general provisions against loans, securities and other types of assets,










—


operating profit/loss.
















4.


Financial derivatives: see the asset item ‘financial derivatives’.












5.


Remaining liabilities: this is the residual item on the liabilities side of the balance sheet, defined as ‘liabilities not included elsewhere’. This item comprises liabilities such as gross amounts payable in respect of suspense items, gross amounts payable in respect of transit items, accrued interest payable on deposits, dividends to be paid, amounts payable not related to the main OFI business, provisions representing liabilities against third parties, margin payments made under derivative contracts representing cash collateral placed to protect against credit risk but remaining in the ownership of the depositor and being repayable to the depositor when the contract is closed out, net positions arising from securities lending without cash collateral, net amounts payable in respect of future settlements of transactions in securities; other liabilities not separately identified e.g. debt securities, financial derivatives depending on the sub-category of OFI.





Section 3:   National explanatory notes









1.


Data sources/data collection system: this must include:






—


data sources used to compile OFI statistics, e.g. statistical offices, direct reporting from OFIs and/or fund managers,










—


details on the collection systems, e.g. voluntary reports, business surveys, sampling, reporting subject to the existence of thresholds and grossing up.
















2.


Compilation procedures: the method used to compile data must be described, e.g. a detailed description of estimates/assumptions made and how series are aggregated if two series have different frequencies.












3.


Legal framework: comprehensive information on the institutions’ national legal framework must be provided. Links with Union legislation must be specifically outlined. If several types of institutions are included under the same category, information must be provided for all types of institutions.












4.


Deviations from the ECB’s reporting instructions: NCBs must provide information on deviations from the reporting instructions.
Deviations from the reporting instructions may occur with respect to:






—


instrument breakdown: the instrument coverage may differ from the ECB’s reporting instructions, e.g. two different instruments cannot be separately identified,










—


geographical breakdown,










—


sectoral breakdown,










—


valuation methods.
















5.


Reporting population: NCBs may classify in a specific OFI sub-category all institutions complying with the OFI definition. They must describe all institutions included in or excluded from each OFI sub-category. Where possible, NCBs must provide estimates of data coverage in terms of total assets of the reporting population.












6.


Breaks in historical series: breaks and major changes over time in the collection, reporting coverage, reporting schemes and compilation of the historical series must be described. In the case of breaks, the extent to which old and new data may be considered comparable must be indicated.












7.


Other comments: any other relevant comments or indications.




PART 12

Securities issues statistics


Section 1:   Introduction

Securities issues statistics for the euro area provide two main aggregates:






—


all issues by euro area residents in any currency, and










—


all issues made worldwide in euro, both domestic and international.




A principal distinction must be drawn on the basis of the residency of the issuer whereby the Eurosystem NCBs collectively cover all issues by the residents of the euro area. The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) reports issues by the ‘rest of the world’ (RoW), referring to all non-euro area residents (including international organisations).
The chart below summarises the reporting requirements.








 


Securities issues




By euro area residents
(each NCB reporting on its domestic residents)


By RoW residents
(BIS/NCB)




Non-euro area Member States


Other countries




In euro/national denominations


Block A


Block B




In other currencies (*14)



Block C


Block D
not required





Section 2:   Reporting requirements


Table 1.


Block A reporting form for NCBs (*15)











 


DOMESTIC RESIDENT ISSUERS//EURO/NATIONAL DENOMINATIONS




Outstanding amounts


Gross issues


Redemptions


Net issues




 


A1


A2


A3


A4





1.   SHORT-TERM DEBT SECURITIES






Total


S1


S51


S101


S151




ECB/NCB


S2


S52


S102


S152




MFIs other than central banks


S3


S53


S103


S153




OFIs


S4


S54


S104


S154




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S5


S55


S105


S155




Non-financial corporations


S6


S56


S106


S156




Central government


S7


S57


S107


S157




State and local government


S8


S58


S108


S158




Social security funds


S9


S59


S109


S159




 


 


 


 


 





2.   LONG-TERM DEBT SECURITIES






Total


S10


S60


S110


S160




ECB/NCB


S11


S61


S111


S161




MFIs other than central banks


S12


S62


S112


S162




OFIs


S13


S63


S113


S163




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S14


S64


S114


S164




Non-financial corporations


S15


S65


S115


S165




Central government


S16


S66


S116


S166




State and local government


S17


S67


S117


S167




Social security funds


S18


S68


S118


S168




 


 


 


 


 





2.1   of which fixed rate issues:






Total


S19


S69


S119


S169




ECB/NCB


S20


S70


S120


S170




MFIs other than central banks


S21


S71


S121


S171




OFIs


S22


S72


S122


S172




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S23


S73


S123


S173




Non-financial corporations


S24


S74


S124


S174




Central government


S25


S75


S125


S175




State and local government


S26


S76


S126


S176




Social security funds


S27


S77


S127


S177




 


 


 


 


 





2.2   of which floating rate issues:






Total


S28


S78


S128


S178




ECB/NCB


S29


S79


S129


S179




MFIs other than central banks


S30


S80


S130


S180




OFIs


S31


S81


S131


S181




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S32


S82


S132


S182




Non-financial corporations


S33


S83


S133


S183




Central government


S34


S84


S134


S184




State and local government


S35


S85


S135


S185




Social security funds


S36


S86


S136


S186




 


 


 


 


 





2.3   of which zero coupon bonds:






Total


S37


S87


S137


S187




ECB/NCB


S38


S88


S138


S188




MFIs other than central banks


S39


S89


S139


S189




OFIs


S40


S90


S140


S190




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S41


S91


S141


S191




Non-financial corporations


S42


S92


S142


S192




Central government


S43


S93


S143


S193




State and local government


S44


S94


S144


S194




Social security funds


S45


S95


S145


S195




 


 


 


 


 





3.   QUOTED SHARES
 (*16)






Total


S46


S96


S146


S196




MFIs other than central banks


S47


S97


S147


S197




OFIs


S48


S98


S148


S198




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S49


S99


S149


S199




Non-financial corporations


S50


S100


S150


S200




 


 


 


 


 








Table 2.


Block C reporting form for NCBs










 


DOMESTIC RESIDENT ISSUERS//OTHER CURRENCIES




Outstanding amounts


Gross issues


Redemptions


Net issues




 


C1


C2


C3


C4





4.   SHORT-TERM DEBT SECURITIES






Total


S201


S241


S281


S321




MFIs other than central banks


S202


S242


S282


S322




OFIs


S203


S243


S283


S323




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S204


S244


S284


S324




Non-financial corporations


S205


S245


S285


S325




Central government


S206


S246


S286


S326




State and local government


S207


S247


S287


S327




Social security funds


S208


S248


S288


S328




 


 


 


 


 





5.   LONG-TERM DEBT SECURITIES






Total


S209


S249


S289


S329




MFIs other than central banks


S210


S250


S290


S330




OFIs


S211


S251


S291


S331




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S212


S252


S292


S332




Non-financial corporations


S213


S253


S293


S333




Central government


S214


S254


S294


S334




State and local government


S215


S255


S295


S335




Social security funds


S216


S256


S296


S336




 


 


 


 


 





5.1   of which fixed rate issues:






Total


S217


S257


S297


S337




MFIs other than central banks


S218


S258


S298


S338




OFIs


S219


S259


S299


S339




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S220


S260


S300


S340




Non-financial corporations


S221


S261


S301


S341




Central government


S222


S262


S302


S342




State and local government


S223


S263


S303


S343




Social security funds


S224


S264


S304


S344




 


 


 


 


 





5.2   of which floating rate issues:






Total


S225


S265


S305


S345




MFIs other than central banks


S226


S266


S306


S346




OFIs


S227


S267


S307


S347




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S228


S268


S308


S348




Non-financial corporations


S229


S269


S309


S349




Central government


S230


S270


S310


S350




State and local government


S231


S271


S311


S351




Social security funds


S232


S272


S312


S352




 


 


 


 


 





5.3   of which zero coupon bonds:






Total


S233


S273


S313


S353




MFIs other than central banks


S234


S274


S314


S354




OFIs


S235


S275


S315


S355




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S236


S276


S316


S356




Non-financial corporations


S237


S277


S317


S357




Central government


S238


S278


S318


S358




State and local government


S239


S279


S319


S359




Social security funds


S240


S280


S320


S360








Table 3.


Block B Reporting form for the BIS









 


ROW RESIDENT ISSUERS//EURO/NATIONAL DENOMINATIONS




Outstanding amounts


Gross issues


Redemptions




 


B1


B2


B3





6.   SHORT-TERM DEBT SECURITIES






Total


S361


S411


S461




NCB


S362


S412


S462




MFIs other than central banks


S363


S413


S463




OFIs


S364


S414


S464




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S365


S415


S465




Non-financial corporations


S366


S416


S466




Central government


S367


S417


S467




State and local government


S368


S418


S468




Social security funds


S369


S419


S469




International organisations


S370


S420


S470




 


 


 


 





7.   LONG-TERM DEBT SECURITIES






Total


S371


S421


S471




NCB


S372


S422


S472




MFIs other than central banks


S373


S423


S473




OFIs


S374


S424


S474




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S375


S425


S475




Non-financial corporations


S376


S426


S476




Central government


S377


S427


S477




State and local government


S378


S428


S478




Social security funds


S379


S429


S479




International organisations


S380


S430


S480




 


 


 


 





7.1   of which fixed rate issues:






Total


S381


S431


S481




NCB


S382


S432


S482




MFIs other than central banks


S383


S433


S483




OFIs


S384


S434


S484




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S385


S435


S485




Non-financial corporations


S386


S436


S486




Central government


S387


S437


S487




State and local government


S388


S438


S488




Social security funds


S389


S439


S489




International organisations


S390


S440


S490




 


 


 


 





7.2   of which floating rate issues:






Total


S391


S441


S491




NCB


S392


S442


S492




MFIs other than central banks


S393


S443


S493




OFIs


S394


S444


S494




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S395


S445


S495




Non-financial corporations


S396


S446


S496




Central government


S397


S447


S497




State and local government


S398


S448


S498




Social security funds


S399


S449


S499




International organisations


S400


S450


S500




 


 


 


 





7.3   of which zero coupon bonds:






Total


S401


S451


S501




NCB


S402


S452


S502




MFIs other than central banks


S403


S453


S503




OFIs


S404


S454


S504




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S405


S455


S505




Non-financial corporations


S406


S456


S506




Central government


S407


S457


S507




State and local government


S408


S458


S508




Social security funds


S409


S459


S509




International organisations


S410


S460


S510




 


 


 


 








Table 4.


Block A memorandum items reporting form for NCBs










 


DOMESTIC RESIDENT ISSUERS//EURO/NATIONAL DENOMINATIONS




Outstanding amounts


Gross issues


Redemptions


Net issues




 


A1


A2


A3


A4





8.   UNQUOTED SHARES






Total


S511


S521


S531


S541




MFIs other than central banks


S512


S522


S532


S542




OFIs


S513


S523


S533


S543




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S514


S524


S534


S544




Non-financial corporations


S515


S525


S535


S545




 


 


 


 


 





9.   OTHER EQUITY






Total


S516


S526


S536


S546




MFIs other than central banks


S517


S526


S536


S546




OFIs


S518


S526


S536


S546




Insurance corp. and pension funds


S519


S526


S536


S546




Non-financial corporations


S520


S526


S536


S546




1.   Residency of the issuer

Issues by subsidiaries owned by the reporting country’s non-residents operating in the reporting country’s economic territory must be classified as issues by the reporting country’s resident units.
Issues by head offices located in the reporting country’s economic territory which operate internationally must also be considered as issues by resident units. Issues by head offices or subsidiaries located outside the reporting country’s economic territory but owned by residents of the reporting country must be considered as issues by non-residents. For example, issues by Volkswagen Brazil are considered to have been carried out by units resident in Brazil and not in the reporting country’s territory.
To avoid double counting or gaps, the reporting of issues by financial vehicle corporations (FVCs) must be addressed bilaterally, involving the BIS and the NCBs concerned. The NCBs, and not the BIS, must report issues by FVCs which fulfil the residency criteria of the ESA 95 and are classified as euro area residents.
2.   Sectoral breakdown of issuers

Issues must be classified according to the sector incurring the liability for the securities issued. Securities issued through FVCs where the liability for the issue is incurred by the parent organisation and not the FVC must be attributed to the parent organisation and not the FVC. For example, issues by an FVC of Philips must be allocated to the non-financial corporation sector and reported by the Netherlands. However, the FVC and its parent must be located in the same country. Hence, where the parent company is not a resident of the reporting country, the FVC must be treated as a notional resident of the reporting country, and the issuing sector must be OFIs. For example, issues by Toyota Motor Finance Netherlands BV must be attributed to OFIs of the Netherlands, because the parent company ‘Toyota’ is not resident in the Netherlands.
The sectoral classification comprises the following nine types of issuers:






—


ECB/NCBs,










—


MFIs,










—


OFIs










—


insurance corporations and pension funds,










—


non-financial corporations,










—


central government,










—


State and local government,










—


social security funds,










—


international institutions.




If a public corporation becomes privatised by issuing quoted shares, the issuing sector must be classified as ‘non-financial corporations’. Similarly, if a public CI is privatised, the issuing sector must be classified ‘MFIs other than central banks’. Issues by households or non-profit institutions serving households must be classified as issues by ‘non-financial corporations’.
The BIS follows the mappings between the sectoral breakdown of issuers available in the BIS database and those requested in the report forms, as shown in the chart below.







Sectoral breakdown in BIS database


 


Classification in report forms




Central bank


→


NCB and ECB




Commercial banks


→


MFIs




OFI


→


OFIs




Central government


→


Central government




Other government State agencies


→


State and local government




Corporations


→


Non-financial corporations




International institutions


→


International institutions (RoW)




3.   Maturity of issues


Short-term debt securities comprise securities that have an original maturity of one year or less, even if they are issued under longer-term facilities.

Long-term debt securities comprise securities that have an original maturity of more than one year. Issues with optional maturity dates, the latest of which is more than one year away, and issues with indefinite maturity dates, are classified as long-term. As proposed in paragraph 5.22 of the ESA 95, the maturity breakdown may be flexible, i.e. in exceptional cases short-term securities may have an original maturity of two years.
The methodology currently applied by the BIS differs. The BIS considers all euro commercial paper ECP and other euronotes drawn under a short-term programme as short-term instruments, and all instruments issued under long-term documentation as long-term instruments whatever their original maturity.
A two-year maturity split, as in the MFI balance sheet statistics, is not considered necessary.
4.   Classification of issues

Issues are analysed under two broad groupings: (a) debt securities, i.e. securities other than shares excluding financial derivatives (25); and (b) quoted shares excluding investment fund shares/units (26). Private placements are covered as far as possible. Money market paper is included as part of debt securities. Unquoted shares and other equity may be reported on a voluntary basis as two separate memorandum items.
The following instruments contained in the BIS database are classified as debt securities in the securities issue statistics:






—


certificates of deposit,










—


commercial paper,










—


treasury bills,










—


bonds,










—


euro commercial paper,










—


medium-term notes,










—


other short-term paper.




Non-exhaustive coverage of instruments in the securities issue statistics:






(a)


Debt securities






(i)


Short-term debt securities
The following instruments are included as a minimum:






—


treasury bills and other short-term paper issued by general government,










—


negotiable short-term paper issued by financial and by non-financial corporations. A variety of terms are used for such paper including commercial paper, commercial bills, promissory notes, bills of trade, bills of exchange and certificates of deposit,










—


short-term securities issued under long-term underwritten note issuance facilities,










—


bankers’ acceptances.














(ii)


Long-term debt securities
The following instruments are illustrative and included as a minimum:






—


bearer bonds,










—


subordinated bonds,










—


bonds with optional maturity dates, the latest of which is more than one year away,










—


undated or perpetual bonds,










—


variable rate notes,










—


convertible bonds,










—


covered bonds,










—


index-linked securities where the value of the principal is linked to a price index, the price of a commodity or an exchange rate index,










—


deep-discounted bonds,










—


zero coupon bonds,










—


euro bonds,










—


global bonds,










—


privately issued bonds,










—


securities resulting from the conversion of loans,










—


loans that have become negotiable de facto,










—


debentures and loan stock convertible into shares, whether shares of the issuing corporation or shares of another company, so long as they have not been converted. Where separable from the underlying bond, the conversion option, which is considered to be a financial derivative, is excluded,










—


shares or stocks that pay a fixed income but do not provide for participation in the distribution of the residual value of the corporation on dissolution, including non-participating preference shares,










—


financial assets issued as part of the securitisation of loans, mortgages, credit card debt, accounts receivable and other assets.




The following instruments are excluded:






—


transactions in securities as part of repurchase agreements,










—


issues of non-negotiable securities,










—


non-negotiable loans.




Long-term debt securities issues are divided into:






—


fixed rate issues, i.e. bonds whose nominal coupon payment does not change during the life of the issue,










—


variable rate issues, i.e. bonds where the coupon rate or underlying principal is linked to an interest rate or some other index resulting in a variable nominal coupon payment over the life of the issue,










—


zero coupon issues, i.e. instruments that do not pay any periodic coupon payments. Usually such bonds are issued at discount and redeemed at par. Most of the discount represents the equivalent of the interest accrued during the life of the bond.


















(b)


Listed shares
Listed shares include:






—


capital shares issued by limited liability companies,










—


redeemed shares in limited liability companies,










—


dividend shares issued by limited liability companies,










—


preferred or preference stocks or shares which provide for participation in the distribution of the residual value on dissolution of a corporation. These may be quoted or unquoted on a recognised exchange,










—


private placements where possible.




If a company is privatised and the government keeps part of the shares but the other part is quoted on a regulated market, the whole value of the company’s capital is recorded within the outstanding amounts of quoted shares, since all shares could potentially be traded at any time at market value. The same applies if part of the shares is sold to large investors and only the remaining part, i.e. free float, is traded on the stock exchange.
Listed shares exclude






—


shares offered for sale but not taken up on issue,










—


debentures and loan stock convertible into shares. These are included once they are converted into shares,










—


the equity of partners with unlimited liability in incorporated partnerships,










—


government investments in the capital of international organisations that are legally constituted as corporations with share capital,










—


issues of bonus shares at the time of issue only and split share issues; bonus shares and split shares are however included indistinguishably in the total stock of quoted shares.








5.   Currency of issue

Dual currency bonds, where the bond is redeemed or the coupon paid in a different currency from the denomination of the bond, must be classified according to the denomination of the bond. If a global bond is issued in more than one currency, each portion must be reported as a separate issue, according to its currency of issue. Where issues are denominated in two currencies, e.g. 70 % in euro and 30 % in US dollars, the relevant components of the issue must be reported separately where possible according to the currency denomination. Hence, 70 % of the issue must be reported as issues in euro/national denominations (27) and 30 % as issues in other currencies. Where it is not possible to identify separately the currency components of an issue, the actual breakdown made by the reporting country must be indicated in the national explanatory notes.
Quoted shares must be assumed to be issued in the currency of the corporation’s country of residence; issues of shares in other currencies are negligible or non-existent. Hence, the data on quoted shares refer to all issues by euro area residents.
6.   Time of recording issue

An issue is considered to have occurred when the issuer receives payment, and not when the syndicate takes up the commitment.
7.   Reconciliation of stocks and flows

NCBs must submit information on outstanding amounts, gross issues, redemptions and net issues of short-term and long-term debt securities and on quoted shares.
The chart below illustrates the link between stocks (i.e. outstanding amounts) and flows (i.e. gross issues, redemptions and net issues). In practice, the link is more complex due to price and exchange rate valuation changes, reinvested (i.e. accrued) interest, reclassifications, revisions and other adjustments (28).












(a)


Outstanding issues at end of reporting period


≈


Outstanding issues at end of previous reporting period


+


Gross issues during reporting period


–


Redemptions during reporting period




(b)


Outstanding issues at end of reporting period


≈


Outstanding issues at end of previous reporting period


+


Net issues during reporting period


 


 




(a)   Gross issues
Gross issues during the reporting period must include all issues of debt securities and quoted shares where the issuer sells newly-created securities for cash. They concern the regular creation of new instruments. The point in time at which issues have been concluded is defined as the time at which payment is made; the recording of issues must therefore reflect as closely as possible the timing of payment for the underlying issue.
The gross issues cover the newly-created shares which are issued for cash by corporations quoted on a stock exchange for the first time, including newly-created companies or private companies becoming public companies. Gross issues also cover the newly-created shares which are issued against cash during the privatisation of public corporations when the corporation’s shares become quoted on a stock exchange. The issue of bonus shares must be excluded (29). Gross issues must not be reported in the event of a sole listing of a corporation on a stock exchange where no new capital is raised.
The exchange or transfer of already existing securities during a takeover or merger is not covered (30) within the reported gross issues or redemptions, except for the new instruments which are created and issued against cash by a euro area resident entity.
Issues of securities which can later be converted into other instruments must be recorded as issues in their original instrument category; on conversion they are redeemed from this instrument category with an identical amount and then treated as gross issues in a new category (31).
(b)   Redemptions
Redemptions during the reporting period cover all repurchases of debt securities and quoted shares by the issuer, where the investor receives cash for the securities. Redemptions concern the regular deletion of instruments. They cover all debt securities reaching their maturity date, as well as early redemptions. Company share buy-backs are covered if the company repurchases all shares against cash prior to a change of its legal form, or part of its shares against cash which are cancelled, leading to a reduction in capital. Company share buy-backs are not covered if they are investments in own shares (32).
Redemptions must not be reported in the event of a sole delisting from a stock exchange.
(c)   Net issues
Net issues are the balance of all issues made minus all redemptions that have occurred during the reporting period.
The outstanding amounts of quoted shares must cover the market value of all the quoted shares of the resident entities. The outstanding amounts of quoted shares reported by a euro area country may therefore increase or decrease following a relocation of a listed entity. This also applies in the event of a takeover or merger where no instruments are created and issued against cash and/or redeemed against cash and cancelled. To avoid double counting or gaps for debt securities and quoted shares in the event of an issuer relocating to another resident country, the relevant NCBs must coordinate the timing of reporting of such an event bilaterally.
8.   Valuation

The value of securities issues comprises a price component and, where issues are denominated in currencies other than the reporting currency, an exchange rate component.
NCBs must report debt securities at nominal value (i.e. face value) and quoted shares at market value (i.e. transaction value). For long-term debt securities the types of issue (fixed rate, variable rate and zero coupon bonds) may be valued using different methods, resulting in a mixed valuation for the total. For example, fixed and variable issues are typically valued at nominal value, and zero coupon bonds at the effective amount paid. Generally, the relative amount of zero coupon bonds is small, so that no provision for a mixed valuation value has been made in the code list; the total amount of long-term debt securities is reported at nominal value (N). Where the magnitude of the phenomenon is significant, the value ‘Z’ for ‘not specified’ is used. In general, whenever there is a situation where mixed valuation occurs, details are provided by the NCB at the attribute level in accordance with the attributes in Annex III.
(a)   Price valuation
Stocks and flows of quoted shares must be reported at market value; stocks and flows of debt securities at nominal value. An exception to the recording of stocks and flows of debt securities at nominal value is made in respect of deep-discounted and zero coupon bonds, where the issues are recorded at the effective amount paid, i.e. the discounted price at the time of purchase, and the redemptions at maturity at nominal value. The outstanding amounts of deep-discounted and zero coupon bonds are the effective amount paid plus accrued interest as shown below.





where







A


=


effective amount paid and accrued interest




E


=


effective value (amount paid at the time of issuance or redemption)




P


=


nominal value (repaid at end of maturity)




T


=


time to maturity from issue date (in days)




t


=


time passed since issue date (in days)




There may be certain differences in the price valuation procedure used across countries.
The ESA 95 price valuation approach, which requires flows for debt securities and shares to be recorded at transaction value and stocks at market value, is not applied in this context.
Current BIS valuation rules are face value for debt securities and issue price for quoted shares. For deep-discounted and zero coupon bonds, the reporting NCB must calculate accrued interest where feasible.
(b)   Reporting currency and exchange rate valuation
NCBs must report all data to the ECB expressed in euro, including historical series. For the conversion into euro of securities issued by domestic residents in other currencies (Block C) (33), NCBs must follow as closely as possible the exchange rate valuation principles based on the ESA 95 (34):






(i)


outstanding issues must be converted into euro/national denominations at the relevant mid-market exchange rate prevailing at the end of the reporting period, i.e. the close of business on the last working day of the reporting period;










(ii)


gross issues and redemptions must be converted into euro/national denominations using the mid-market exchange rate prevailing at the time of payment. If it is not possible to identify the exact exchange rate applicable for the conversion, an exchange rate that is as close as possible to the mid-market rate at the time of payment may be used.




For periods prior to 1 January 1999, NCBs must follow as closely as possible these ESA 95 standards to convert all non-domestic currency issues, redemptions and outstanding amounts into the reporting countries’ euro/national denomination. For the purpose of sending the data to the ECB, the whole time series must then be converted into euro, applying the irrevocable conversion rates of 31 December 1998.
The BIS reports to the ECB all issues by RoW residents in euro/national denominations (Block B) in US dollars using the end-of-period exchange rate for amounts outstanding and the period’s average exchange rate for issues and redemptions. The ECB converts all data into euro using the same principle that was initially applied by the BIS. For periods prior to 1 January 1999, the exchange rate between the ECU and the US dollar must be used as a proxy.
9.   Conceptual consistency

Securities issues statistics and MFI balance sheet statistics are linked for the purpose of issues of negotiable instruments by MFIs. The coverage of instruments and the MFIs that issue them are conceptually consistent, as well as the allocation of instruments to maturity bands and the currency breakdown. Differences between securities issues statistics and MFI balance sheet statistics exist regarding the valuation principles (i.e. nominal value for the former and market value for the latter). Except for valuation differences, for each country the outstanding amount of securities issued by MFIs reported for securities issues statistics corresponds to items 11 (‘debt securities issued’) and 12 (‘money market paper’) on the liability side of the MFI balance sheet. Short-term securities as defined for securities issues statistics correspond to the sum of money market paper and debt securities issued up to one year. Long-term securities as defined for securities issues statistics equal the sum of debt securities issued over one and up to two years and debt securities issued over two years.
NCBs must review the coverage of the securities issue statistics and the MFI balance sheet statistics and indicate to the ECB any conceptual differences. Three types of consistency checks are performed in respect of issues by: (a) NCBs in euro/national denominations; (b) MFIs other than central banks in euro/national denominations; and (c) MFIs other than central banks in other currencies. There may be minor differences, since the securities issue statistics and the MFI balance sheet statistics are derived from national reporting systems with different purposes.
10.   Data requirements

Statistical returns are expected from each country for each applicable time series. NCBs must notify the ECB promptly in writing with explanations if a particular item does not apply in a particular country. NCBs may be temporarily exempted from the reporting of a time series if the underlying phenomenon does not exist. NCBs must also notify this occurrence or any other departures from the reporting scheme described in Annex III. Furthermore, they must inform the ECB when revisions are sent together with explanations on the nature of these revisions.

Section 3:   National explanatory notes

Each NCB must submit a report describing the data provided in the context of this exercise. The report must cover the topics detailed below and follow as closely as possible the proposed layout. NCBs must provide additional information on instances where data reported do not comply with this Guideline, or where they have not provided the data, and the reasons for this. They must transmit the report to the ECB as a Word document by Cebamail. The report may not be submitted later than the data.








1.



Data sources/data collection system: details of the data sources used to compile securities issues statistics must be given: administrative sources for government issues, direct reporting from MFIs and other institutions, newspapers, and data providers such as the International Financial Review etc. NCBs must indicate whether the data are collected and stored on an issue-by-issue basis, and their criteria. Alternatively, NCBs must indicate whether the data are collected and stored indistinguishably as amounts issued by individual issuers during a reporting period, e.g. for direct data collection systems. NCBs must provide information on the criteria used in direct reporting to identify the reporting agents and the information to be submitted.












2.



Compilation procedures: the method used to compile data in this exercise must be briefly described, e.g. aggregation of information on individual securities issues, arrangements for existing times series and whether published or not.












3.



Residence of the issuer: NCBs must specify whether it is possible to apply fully the ESA 95 (and IMF) definition of residency in classifying issues. If this is not possible, or only partially possible, NCBs must provide a full explanation of the criteria actually used.












4.



Sectoral breakdown of issuers: NCBs must indicate deviations from the classification of issuers according to the sectoral breakdown defined in Section 2 point 2. The notes must explain the identified deviations and any grey areas.












5.



Currency of issue: if it is not possible to separately identify the currency components of an issue, NCBs must explain deviations from the rules. Furthermore, NCBs that cannot distinguish for all securities between issues in local denominations, in other euro/national denominations and in other currencies, must describe where such issues have been classified and indicate the total amount of issues that were not properly allocated to illustrate the size of the distortion.












6.



Classification of issues: NCBs must provide comprehensive information on the type of securities covered by the national data, including their national terms. If coverage is known to be partial, NCBs must explain existing gaps.






—


private placements: NCBs must indicate whether or not they are covered in the reported data,










—


bankers’ acceptances: if negotiable and included in the reported data for short-term debt securities, the reporting NCB must explain in the national explanatory notes the national procedures for recording these instruments and their nature,










—


quoted shares: NCBs must indicate whether unquoted shares or other equity are covered in the reported data with an estimate of the amount of unquoted shares and/or other equity to illustrate the size of the distortion. NCBs must indicate in the national explanatory notes any known gaps in the coverage of quoted shares.
















7.



Instrument analysis of long-term securities: if the sum of fixed rate, variable rate and zero coupon bonds does not add up to the total for long-term debt securities, NCBs must give the type and amount of long-term securities for which no such breakdown is available.












8.



Maturity of issues: if the strict application of the short and long-term definitions cannot be followed, NCBs must indicate in the national explanatory notes where the reported data deviate.












9.



Redemptions: NCBs must specify how they derive the information on redemptions and whether the information is collected by direct reporting or calculated by residual.












10.



Price valuation: NCBs must specify in detail in the national explanatory notes the valuation procedure used for (a) short-term debt securities; (b) long-term debt securities; (c) discounted bonds; and (d) quoted shares. Any valuation difference for stocks and flows must be explained.












11.



Reporting frequency, timeliness and time range: the extent to which the data compiled for this exercise has been provided in conformity with the user requirements i.e. with a timeliness of five weeks for monthly data. The length of the time series provided must also be given. Any breaks in the series must be reported, e.g. differences in the coverage of securities over time.












12.



Revisions: brief explanatory notes for any revisions must clarify the reason for them and their extent.












13.



Estimated coverage per instrument issued by domestic residents: NCBs must give national estimates of the coverage of securities for each category of issues by domestic residents, i.e. issues of short-term securities, long-term securities, and quoted shares, in local currency, other euro/national denominations including ECU, and other currencies in accordance with the table below. The estimates for ‘coverage in %’ must indicate the share of securities covered in each instrument category as percentages of the total issue, which must be reported under the relevant heading following the reporting rules. Brief descriptions may be provided in ‘comments’. NCBs must also indicate any changes in coverage as a result of joining the monetary union.









 


Coverage in %:


Comments:





Issues in euro/ national denominations



Local Denomination


STS


 


 




LTS


 


 




QUS


 


 




Euro/national denominations other than the local currency including ECU


STS


 


 




LTS


 


 





In other currencies



 


STS


 


 




 


LTS


 


 




STS= short-term debt securities.
LTS= long-term debt securities.
QUS= quoted shares.








PART 13

Additional monthly MFI interest rate statistics (to be transmitted to the ECB by close of business on the 19th working day after the end of the reference month)


Table 1.


New loans to non-financial corporations











 


Sector


Type of instrument


Initial period of interest rate fixation


New business indicator


Reporting obligation




Loans in EUR


To non-financial corporations


Loans up to an amount of EUR 1 million


Floating rate and up to 1 year period of initial rate fixation


24 


AAR/NDER, amount




Over 1 and up to 5 years period of initial rate fixation


25 


AAR/NDER, amount




Over 5 years period of initial rate fixation


26 


AAR/NDER, amount




Loans over an amount of EUR 1 million


Floating rate and up to 1 year period of initial rate fixation


27 


AAR/NDER, amount




Over 1 and up to 5 years period of initial rate fixation


28 


AAR/NDER, amount




Over 5 years period of initial rate fixation


29 


AAR/NDER, amount












1.


For the purpose of MFI interest rate statistics, new loans to non-financial corporations comprise all loans other than revolving loans and overdrafts and credit card debt, as defined in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). An annualised agreed rate (AAR) or narrowly defined effective rate (NDER) is reported for all the categories included in Table 1. The reporting of the AAR/NDER is accompanied by the related new business volumes. Indicators 24 to 29 are calculated on the basis of items 37 to 54 in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). Interest rates are calculated as weighted averages of the corresponding items in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), while new business volumes should be the sum of the corresponding items in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34).





Table 2.


Revolving loans and overdrafts and convenience and extended credit card credit










 


Sector


Type of instrument


New business indicator


Reporting obligation




Loans in EUR


To households


Revolving loans and overdrafts, convenience and extended credit card credit


86 


AAR/NDER, amount




To non-financial corporations


Revolving loans and overdrafts, convenience and extended credit card credit


87 


AAR/NDER, amount












2.


For the purpose of MFI interest rate statistics, revolving loans and overdrafts and convenience and extended credit card credit have the same meaning as defined in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), regardless of their initial period of interest rate fixation. Penalties on overdrafts applied as component of other charges, e.g. in the form of special fees, are not covered by the AAR as defined in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). An AAR or NDER is reported for the categories included in Table 2. The reporting of the AAR/NDER is accompanied by the related new business volumes.












3.


In the case of revolving loans and overdrafts and convenience and extended credit card credit, the concept of new business volumes is equivalent to outstanding amounts. Indicators 86 and 87 are calculated on the basis of items 12, 23, 32 and 36 in Appendix 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), and the outstanding amounts reported for convenience and extended credit card credit and revolving loans and overdrafts in accordance with Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Interest rates are calculated as weighted averages of the corresponding items in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), taking a zero interest rate for convenience credit card credit. Indicators 86 and 87 are intended to provide continuity with the indicators 12 and 23 (‘overdrafts’) as previously defined in Regulation (EC) No 63/2002 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2001/18) (35), i.e. prior to their amendment by Regulation (EC) No 290/2009 of the European Central Bank (ECB/2009/7) (36).





Table 3.


Interest rates on renegotiated loans to households and non-financial corporations











 


Sector


Type of instrument


Original maturity, period of notice, initial period of interest rate fixation


New business indicator


Reporting obligation




Renegotiated loans in EUR


To households


For consumption


total


88 


AAR/NDER




For house purchase


total


89 


AAR/NDER




For other purposes


total


90 


AAR/NDER




To non-financial corporations


total


91 


AAR/NDER












4.


For the purpose of MFI interest rate statistics, renegotiated loans to households and non-financial corporations comprise all new business loans, other than revolving loans and overdrafts and credit card debt, which have been granted but not yet repaid at the time they are renegotiated. In respect of loans transferred from another institution, renegotiation refers to new business loans that were granted by the institution selling or handing over the loan. Only an AAR or NDER is reported for the categories included in Table 3 on a best efforts basis in addition to the volumes required under Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34).




PART 14

Selection of the actual reporting population and maintenance of the sample for MFI interest rate statistics


Section 1:   Selection of the actual reporting population

1.   Overall selection procedure









1.


NCBs apply the procedure illustrated in the figure below to select the reporting agents for the collection of MFI interest rate statistics in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). This procedure is defined as follows:



Reference reporting population
Census
Sample
Stratification of the reference reporting population
Random sampling within each stratum
Selection of the biggest institutions within each stratum
Minimum sample size
Actual reporting population
Reporting requirements
Maintenance of the sample over time




2.   Census or sample









2.


Each NCB selects its reporting agents from among the MFIs, except central banks and MMFs, in the reference reporting population that are resident in the same euro area Member State as the NCB.












3.


In order to select the reporting agents, NCBs must either apply a census or follow a sampling approach in line with the criteria established in the following paragraphs.












4.


In the case of a census, the NCB asks each resident MFI in the reference reporting population to report MFI interest rate statistics. The variables to be collected by means of the census are the interest rates and the amounts of new business and the interest rates on outstanding amounts.












5.


In the case of a sample, only a selection of the MFIs in the reference reporting population will be asked to report. The variables to be estimated by means of the sample are the interest rates and the amounts of new business and the interest rates on outstanding amounts. They are referred to as sampling variables. In order to minimise the risk that the results of a sample survey deviate from the true (unknown) values in the reference reporting population, the sample should be constructed in such a way that it is representative of the reference reporting population. For the purpose of MFI interest rate statistics a sample is considered representative if all the characteristics that are relevant for MFI interest rate statistics and inherent in the reference reporting population are also reflected in the sample. To draw the initial sample, NCBs may use suitable proxies and models to produce the sampling scheme even if the underlying data, which are derived from existing sources, do not match perfectly the definitions in Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34).




3.   Stratification of the reference reporting population









6.


In order to ensure that the sample is representative, each NCB that chooses the sampling approach for MFI interest rate statistics should suitably stratify the reference reporting population prior to the selection of any reporting agents. Stratification implies that the reference reporting population N is subdivided into sub-populations or strata N1, N2, N3… NL. These subdivisions into sub-populations or strata must not overlap and together comprise the reference reporting population:
N1 + N2 + N3 + … + NL = N












7.


NCBs define stratification criteria that allow the subdivision of the reference reporting population into homogeneous strata. Strata are considered homogeneous if the sum of the intra-stratum variances of the sampling variables is substantially lower than the total variance in the entire actual reporting population (37). The stratification criteria are linked to MFI interest rate statistics, i.e. there is a relationship between the stratification criteria and the interest rates and amounts to be estimated from the sample.












8.


Each NCB that chooses the sampling approach must identify at least one stratification criterion to ensure that the sample of MFIs is representative of the euro area Member State and the sampling error is small. Ideally NCBs define a hierarchy of stratification criteria. These must take national circumstances into account and hence be specific to each euro area Member State.












9.


The selection of the reporting agents takes place in the form of single-stage sampling after all strata have been defined. Only at this stage are reporting agents drawn from the reference reporting population. No intermediate drawing should be carried out.




4.   Allocation of sample across strata and selection of reporting agents









10.


After defining the national strata in accordance with paragraphs 6 and 7, NCBs that choose the sampling approach draw the sample by selecting the actual reporting agents from each stratum. The total national sample size n is the sum of the sample sizes n1, n2, n3, …, nL for each of the strata:
n1 + n2 + n3 + … + nL = n.












11.


Each NCB chooses the most appropriate allocation of the national sample size n among the strata. Hence for each stratum NCBs define how many reporting agents nh are drawn from the total of MFIs, Nh. The sampling rate nh/Nh for each stratum h permits the estimation of the variance of each stratum. This implies that at least two reporting agents are selected from each stratum.












12.


In order to select the actual reporting agents within each stratum, NCBs either include all institutions in the stratum, carry out random sampling or select the largest institutions per stratum. In the case of a random sample, the random drawing of the institutions within each stratum is either carried out with equal probability for all institutions or with probability proportional to the size of the institution. NCBs using random sampling or selection of the largest institutions may choose to include all institutions for some strata.












13.


Information about the size of each credit institution and other institutions in the reference reporting population is available at national level from the MFI balance sheet statistics collected in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). NCBs must use total euro-denominated deposits and loans vis-à-vis households and non-financial corporations resident in the euro area Member States, which is that part of the balance sheet that is relevant for MFI interest rate statistics, or a close proxy.












14.


MFI interest rate statistics must be based on a selection without replacement, i.e. each MFI in the reference reporting population may only be selected once.












15.


If an NCB decides on a census of all MFIs in a stratum, the NCB may sample in that stratum at the level of branches. The precondition is that the NCB has a full list of branches that covers all the business of the credit and other institutions in the stratum, and has appropriate data in order to be able to assess the variance of interest rates on new business vis-à-vis households and non-financial corporations across branches. For the selection and maintenance of the branches all of the requirements laid down in this Guideline apply. The selected branches become notional reporting agents subject to all of the reporting requirements laid down in Annex I of Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). This procedure is without prejudice to the obligation of each MFI to which branches belong, to be reporting agents.




5.   Minimum national sample size









16.


The minimum national sample size is defined differently depending on whether the NCB applies random sampling or selects the largest institutions per stratum.












17.


If an NCB applies random sampling in the selection of the actual reporting institutions, the minimum national sample size should be such that the maximum random error for interest rates on new business on average over all instrument categories does not exceed 10 basis points at a confidence level of 90 % (38).












18.


The maximum random error is defined as 

 , with D as the maximum random error, zα/2 as the factor computed from the normal distribution or any suitable distribution according to the structure of the data (e.g. t-distribution) assuming a confidence level 1-α, where var( 

 ) is the variance of the estimator of parameter θ, and var( 

 ) is the estimated variance of the estimator of parameter θ.












19.


If an NCB selects the largest institution per stratum, the sample quality should be based on a synthetic mean absolute error (MAE) measure. The actual synthetic MAE should not exceed a time-varying MAE threshold assuming a 10 basis points error difference in each stratum and indicator.












20.


The synthetic MAES for a given estimator 

 in a particular period should be defined as:





with:





MAES ( 



 )

as the synthetic MAE




Bc, Bk



as the volume in a particular MFI interest rate category




ic1



as the average interest rate estimated in category c




 as the MAE for a given MFI interest rate category on the basis of estimator 



j






Bj0



as the volume corresponding to the actual non-reporting in a particular stratum j





Bj1



as the volume corresponding to the actual reporting in a particular stratum j. If sampling is applied Bj

1 refers to the grossed up volumes. The process of grossing up is further described in Section 4




B


as the total volume for all strata, i.e. the sum of Bj

0 and Bj

1 across all strata



 as the estimation of the total error within a stratum j





ij1



as the weighted average interest rate corresponding to the actual reporting in a particular stratum j










j
0

as the value of the estimator 



 for the take-none sub-stratum of stratum j.



In the event of zero volume coverage in one of the reported strata, the average 

 of the other stratum should be used to avoid a MAE equal to zero.



 as the average of the first and third quartiles within the stratum, which are defined as the interest rate reported for the MFI interest rate category for which 25 % (and 75 % respectively) of the reported interest rates are lower than that number. The first and third quartiles are calculated by previously weighting the volume in that category by the institutions in the stratum. Hence, the average between the two MAE estimators — the first and the third quartiles — is used as an estimation for the parameter 


                         (39).












21.


The maximum random error and the synthetic MAE are separately calculated for new business and outstanding amounts. For new business, the maximum random error and the synthetic MAE should be calculated on the basis of indicators 1 to 11, 13 to 22, and 24 to 29 as described in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34). For outstanding amounts, the maximum random error and the synthetic MAE should be calculated on the basis of indicators 1 to 14 as described in Appendix 1 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34).












22.


The minimum national sample size refers both to the minimum initial sample and to the minimum sample after maintenance as defined in the next section on maintenance of the sample of the actual reporting population. Due to mergers and leavers, the sample may reduce in size over time until the next maintenance period.












23.


NCBs may select more reporting agents than defined as the minimum national sample size, in particular where necessary to increase the representativity of the national sample in the light of the structure of the national financial system.












24.


There needs to be consistency between the number of MFIs in the reference reporting population and the minimum sample size. NCBs may allow MFIs which are resident within a single euro area Member State and individually included in the list of MFIs as established and updated in accordance with the classification principles set out in Section 1 of Part 1 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) to report MFI interest rate statistics together as a group. The group becomes a notional reporting agent. This means that the group reports MFI interest rate statistics as if it was a single MFI, i.e. it reports one average interest rate per instrument category covering the whole group instead of one rate for each MFI included in the list of MFIs. At the same time, the MFIs within the group are still counted as individual institutions in the reference reporting population and in the sample.





Section 2:   Maintenance of the sample of the actual reporting population

6.   Maintenance of the sample over time









25.


NCBs that choose the sampling approach must ensure that the sample remains representative over time.












26.


NCBs should therefore check the representativeness of their sample at least once a year. If there are significant changes in the reference reporting population, these must be reflected in the sample after this annual check.












27.


At intervals of at most three years, NCBs must carry out a regular review of the sample, taking account of joiners to the reference reporting population, leavers from the reference and actual reporting population, and other changes in the characteristics of the reporting agents, and apply the provisions of Section 5 on minimum national sample size. The regular review of the sample will be based on an assessment of compliance with the provisions on the selection of the actual reporting population as contained in Section 1, based on the monthly data corresponding to the end of each quarter in the year in which the review takes place. However, NCBs may check and refresh their sample more frequently.












28.


Over time, the sample will be adjusted to take account of joiners to the reference reporting population in order to remain representative of the reference reporting population. NCBs must therefore draw a sample nb from the population of all joiners Nb. The complementary selection of joining institutions nb among the total number of joiners Nb is referred to as incremental sampling over time.












29.


Over time, the sample will be adjusted to take account of leavers from the reference and the actual reporting population. No adjustment is necessary if the number of leavers in the reference reporting population Nd is proportionate to the number of leavers in the sample nd (case 1). If institutions leave the reference reporting population and they are not in the sample, the sample becomes larger relative to the size of the reference reporting population (case 2). If relatively more institutions leave the sample than the reference reporting population, the sample becomes too small over time and might cease to be representative (case 3). In cases 2 and 3, if random sampling is used for the selection of the actual reporting institutions the weights attached to each institution in the sample has to be adjusted by means of an established statistical method derived from the theory of sampling. The weight attached to each reporting agent is the inverse of its selection probability and hence the expansion factor. In case 2, where the sample is relatively larger for the population, no reporting agent is taken out of the sample. In case 3, if the largest institutions are selected, the sample is adjusted by selecting additional institutions according to their size.












30.


Over time, the sample will be adjusted to take account of changes in the characteristics of the reporting agents. These changes can occur because of mergers, divisions, growth of the institutions, etc. Some reporting agents may change stratum. As in cases 2 and 3 for leavers, the sample is adjusted by means of an established statistical method derived from the theory of sampling. New selection probabilities and hence weights are allocated where NCBs carry out random sampling.





Section 3:   Further sampling issues

7.   Consistency









31.


In order to achieve consistency between MFI interest rate statistics on outstanding amounts referring to deposits and to loans and on new business referring to deposits and to loans, NCBs that choose the sampling approach must use the same reporting agents to collect these statistics. NCBs may also use the sampling approach for a sub-set of MFI interest rate statistics and a census for the rest. They may not, however, use two or more different samples.




8.   Financial innovation









32.


In the sample procedure, NCBs do not need to cover each product that exists at national level. However, they cannot exclude a whole instrument category on the grounds that the amounts involved are very small. Hence, if an instrument category is only offered by one institution, then this institution should be included in the sample. If an instrument category did not exist in a euro area Member State at the time of the initial drawing of the sample, but is introduced by an institution thereafter, this institution should be included in the sample at the time of the next representativity check. If a new product is created, the institutions in the sample should cover it in the next report, as all reporting agents are required to report on all their products.





Section 4:   National weighted average interest rates and national total business volumes









33.


NCBs receive weighted average interest rates and related amounts of business from all their actual resident reporting agents and calculate national weighted average interest rates for each instrument category on the basis of grossed-up business volumes per stratum. The data are reported to the ECB.












34.


Where random sampling is applied, the estimator of the interest rate at stratum and national levels must be consistent with the sampling procedure, simple random sample or with the probability proportional to size used, implying that grossed up amounts are used for weighting of interest rates.












35.


Where the largest institutions are selected, the estimator of the rates should aggregate rates across institutions in the same stratum by weighting by the reported amounts, and aggregates across strata should be done by applying the grossed-up volumes in each stratum.












36.


For each of the instrument categories on outstanding amounts, i.e. indicators 1 to 26 in Appendix 1 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), NCBs provide a national weighted average interest rate.












37.


For each of the instrument categories on new business, i.e. indicators 1 to 23 and 30 to 85 in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), NCBs provide a national weighted average interest rate. In addition, for each of indicators 2 to 4, 8 to 11, 13 to 22, 33 to 35 and 37 to 85 in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), NCBs provide the amount of new business conducted at national level in each instrument category during the reference month. For the instrument categories referring to renegotiated loans to households and non-financial corporations (indicators 88 to 91 in Appendix 2 to Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), only information on volumes is required, and information on interest rates is collected on a best efforts basis. These amounts of new business refer to the population total, i.e. to the entire reference reporting population and, similarly to the other new business volumes, this figure is estimated through the grossing-up procedure illustrated in paragraphs 38 to 40.












38.


If random sampling or the selection of the largest institutions is used to select the reporting agents, expansion factors are used for grossing up the business volumes. Grossing up is applied at stratum level.












39.


If the random sampling approach is used, the expansion factors are defined as the inverse of the selection probabilities πi
, i.e. 1/πi
. The estimated amount of new business for the population total B is then computed by means of the following generic formula:





with:






B


as the total business volume




Bi



as the amount of new business of institution i





πi



as the probability of selecting institution i

















40.


If the selection of the largest institution approach is used, the expansion factors for each stratum are defined as the inverse of the stratum coverage ratio by means of the following formula:





with:











j


as the total volume within stratum j










ij


as the volume within each stratum j for the institution i





Nj0



as the number of credit institutions non-sampled in the stratum j





Nj1



as the number of credit institutions sampled in the stratum j.
















41.


Expansion factors EFj as defined in paragraph 40 in respect of new business are calculated by replacing new business volumes by the related outstanding amounts. The grossed-up volume of stratum j is then calculated as the expansion factor for stratum j multiplied by the reported volume for stratum j.












42.


NCBs provide the MFI interest rates on outstanding amounts and on new business to the ECB to four decimal places. This is without prejudice to any decisions taken by the NCBs on the level of precision they wish to apply in collecting the data. The published results do not contain more than two decimal places.












43.


NCBs document any (changes in) regulatory arrangements affecting MFI interest rate statistics in the methodological notes that are provided with the national data.












44.


NCBs that choose a sampling approach for the selection of the reporting agents provide an estimate of the sampling error for the initial sample. A new estimate is provided after each maintenance of the sample.




PART 15

Treatment of specific products for MFI interest rate statistics









1.


The treatment of the products defined in the following paragraphs should be used as a reference for products with similar characteristics.












2.


A step-up (step-down) deposit or loan is a deposit or loan with a fixed maturity to which an interest rate is applied that increases (decreases) from year to year by a pre-fixed number of percentage points. Step-up (step-down) deposits and loans are instruments with fixed interest rates over the whole maturity. The interest rate for the whole maturity of the deposit or loan and the other terms and conditions are agreed in advance at time t0 when the contract is signed. An example of a step-up deposit is a deposit with an agreed maturity of four years, which receives 5 % interest in the first year, 7 % in the second, 9 % in the third and 13 % in the fourth. The AAR on new business, which is covered at time t0 in MFI interest rate statistics, is the geometric average of the factors ‘1 + interest rate’. In line with Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34), NCBs may request reporting agents to implement the NDER for this type of product. The AAR on outstanding amounts that is covered from time t0 to t3 is the rate applied by the reporting agent at the time of calculation of the MFI interest rate, i.e., using the example of a deposit with an agreed maturity of four years, 5 % at time t0, 7 % at time t1, 9 % at time t2 and 13 % at time t3.












3.


For the purpose of MFI interest rate statistics, loans taken as part of lines of credit have the same meaning as defined in and are classified as in Part 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Only outstanding amounts, i.e. amounts withdrawn and not yet repaid in the context of a credit line are covered as new business and reflected in the MFI interest rate statistics in accordance with paragraph 16 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Amounts available through a line of credit that have not been withdrawn or have already been repaid are not considered, whether as new business or as outstanding amounts.












4.


An umbrella contract allows the customer to draw loans on several types of loan accounts up to a certain maximum amount applying to all loan accounts together. At the time of the agreement on an umbrella contract, the form the loan will take and/or the date on which the loan will be drawn and/or the interest rate are not specified, but a range of possibilities may be agreed. Such an umbrella contract is not covered by MFI interest rate statistics. However, as soon as a loan agreed under an umbrella contract is drawn, it is covered under the corresponding item in MFI interest rate statistics, both in new business and outstanding amounts.












5.


Savings deposits with a basic interest rate plus a fidelity and/or growth premium may exist. At the time the deposit is placed, it is not certain whether or not the premium will be paid. The payment depends on the unknown future attitude towards saving of the household or non-financial corporation. As a convention, such fidelity or growth premiums are not included in the AAR on new business. The AAR on outstanding amounts always covers the rates applied by the reporting agent at the time of calculation of MFI interest rates. Hence, if such a fidelity or growth premium is granted by the reporting agent, this is reflected in the statistics on outstanding amounts.












6.


Loans may be offered to households or non-financial corporations with associated derivative contracts, i.e. an interest rate swap/cap/floor etc. As a convention, such associated derivative contracts are not included in the AAR on new business. The AAR on outstanding amounts always covers the rates applied by the reporting agent at the time the MFI interest rates are calculated. Hence, if such a derivative contract is exercised and the reporting agent adjusts the interest rate charged to the household or non-financial corporation, this is reflected in the statistics on outstanding amounts.












7.


Deposits may be offered comprising two components: a deposit with an agreed maturity to which a fixed interest rate is applied and an embedded derivative with a return that is linked to the performance of a defined stock exchange index or a bilateral exchange rate, subject to a minimum guaranteed return of 0 %. The maturity of both components may be the same or may differ. The AAR on new business covers the interest rate for the deposit with agreed maturity, as it reflects the agreement between the depositor and the reporting agent and it is known when the money is placed. The return on the other component of the deposit, linked to the performance of a stock exchange index or a bilateral exchange rate, is only known ex post when the product matures and therefore cannot be covered by the new business rate. Hence, only the guaranteed minimum return (usually 0 %) is covered. The AAR on outstanding amounts always covers the interest rate applied by the reporting agent at the time the MFI interest rates are calculated. Until the day of maturity, the rate on the deposit with agreed maturity is captured as well as the guaranteed minimum return on the deposit containing the embedded derivative. Only at maturity do the MFI interest rates on outstanding amounts reflect the AAR that is paid by the reporting agent.












8.


Deposits with a maturity of over two years as defined in Part 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) may contain pension savings accounts. The main part of the pension savings accounts may be placed in securities and the interest rate on the accounts then depends on the yield of the underlying securities. The remaining part of the pension savings accounts may be held in cash and the interest rate determined by the credit or other institution in the same way as for other deposits. At the time when the deposit is placed, the total return to the household from the pension savings account is not known and may also be negative. In addition, at the time the deposit is placed, an interest rate is agreed between the household and the credit or other institution which applies only to the deposit part; this does not apply to the part invested in securities. Hence, only the deposit part that is not invested in securities is covered by MFI interest rate statistics. The AAR on new business that is reported is the rate agreed between the household and the reporting agent for the deposit part at the time the deposit is placed. The AAR on outstanding amounts is the rate applied by the reporting agent to the deposit part of the pension savings accounts at the time of calculation of the MFI interest rate.












9.


Savings plans for housing loans are long-term saving schemes that may provide a low return but, after a certain period of saving, give the household or non-financial corporation the right to a housing loan at a discounted rate. In line with Part 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), these savings plans are classified under deposits with agreed maturity over two years as long as they are used as a deposit. As soon as they are transformed into a loan, they are classified as loans to households for house purchases. Reporting agents report as new deposit business the interest rate that is agreed at the time the initial deposit is placed. The corresponding amount of new business is the amount of money that has been placed. The increase of this amount on the deposit over time is only covered by outstanding amounts. At the time when the deposit is transformed into a loan, this new loan is recorded as new lending business. The interest rate is the discounted rate that is being offered by the reporting agent. The weight is the total amount of the loan that is being granted to the household or non-financial corporation.












10.


In line with Part 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), deposits placed pursuant to the French regulated housing plan plan d’épargne-logement (PEL) are classified as deposits with an agreed maturity of over two years. The government regulates the conditions governing these PELs and fixes the interest rate, which remains unchanged over the entire maturity of the deposit, i.e. each ‘generation’ of PELs has the same interest rate attached to it. PELs are held for at least four years and each year the customer deposits a minimal pre-fixed amount but is allowed to increase the payments at any time during the course of the scheme. Reporting agents report as new business the initial deposit at the opening of a new PEL. The amount of money that is initially placed in the PEL may be very low, which means that the weight attached to the new business rate will also be relatively low. This approach ensures that the new business rate always reflects the conditions governing the current generation of PELs. Changes in the interest rate applied to the new PELs are reflected in the new business rate. The reaction of consumers in terms of a portfolio shift from other long-term deposits to pre-existing PELs is not reflected in the new business rates but only in the rates on outstanding amounts. At the end of the period of four years, the customer may either ask for a loan at a discounted rate or renew the contract. Since this renewal of the PEL is carried out automatically without any active involvement on the part of the customer, and since the terms and conditions of the contract including the interest rate are not renegotiated, in line with Part 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34) this renewal is not considered as new business. On renewing the contract, the customer is allowed to make additional deposits, provided that the outstanding amount does not exceed a defined ceiling and the contract does not exceed a defined maximum years of maturity. If the ceiling or maximum maturity are reached, the contract is frozen. The household or non-financial corporation retains the borrowing rights and is still granted interest in accordance with the conditions prevailing at the time of opening the PEL as long as the money is left in the bank’s book. The government grants a subsidy in terms of an interest payment on top of the interest rate offered by the credit or other institution. In line with Part 1 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34) only that part of the interest payment offered by the credit or other institution is captured in MFI interest rate statistics. The government subsidy, which is paid through but not by the credit or other institution, is ignored.












11.


Negative interest rates on deposits should be included in MFI interest rates provided that such rates are not exceptional having regard to market conditions.




PART 16

Payments statistics


Section 1.   Reporting requirements

In addition to the indicators specified in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43), and as stated in Article 18(1) of this Guideline, the NCBs report the additional information required under Tables 1 to 7. This information is subject to the same timeliness as is specified for the indicators in the Regulation. For those indicators for which a definition is not provided in the Regulation, a definition is included in the relevant table.
Information required under the tables of the Regulation and of this Guideline should be reported irrespective of the actual existence of the underlying phenomenon and even when they are zero. ‘NC’ with an observation status M is used to indicate that the phenomenon does not exist. For memorandum items, if actual data, estimates or provisional data cannot be provided, NCBs report NC with an observation status L.

Table 1.


Settlement media

End of period unless otherwise stated; value in EUR millions







 


Value


Frequency





Settlement media used by non-MFIs







Liabilities of the NCB






Overnight deposits denominated in euro





of domestic central governments


Geo 0


M




of other euro area Member States’ central governments


Geo 0


M




of rest of the world, except banks


Geo 0


M




Overnight deposits denominated in other currencies





of domestic central governments


Geo 0


M




of other euro area Member States’ central governments


Geo 0


M




of rest of the world, except banks


Geo 0


M





Liabilities of other MFIs






Overnight deposits denominated in euro





of domestic central governments


Geo 0


M




of other euro area Member States’ central governments


Geo 0


M




of rest of the world, except banks


Geo 0


M




Overnight deposits denominated in other currencies





of domestic central governments


Geo 0


M




of other euro area Member States’ central governments


Geo 0


M




of rest of the world, except banks


Geo 0


M





Settlement media used by credit institutions






Overnight deposits in euro held at other credit institutions


Geo 0


Q




Intraday borrowing in euro from the central bank (average for last reserve maintenance period)


Geo 0


A





Settlement media used by non-MFIs — assets or claims on assets that can be used by non-MFIs for payments.

Overnight deposits — as defined in ‘Instrument categories’ in Part 2 of Annex II of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).
All accounts are included, irrespective of the currency in which they are denominated; thus, ‘overnight deposits denominated in other currencies’ is a sub-category of ‘overnight deposits’.

Overnight deposits denominated in other currencies — value of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs in other currencies.

Settlement media used by credit institutions — assets or claims on assets that can be used by credit institutions for payments.

Intraday borrowing in euro from the central bank (average for last reserve maintenance period) — total value of credit extended by the central bank to credit institutions and reimbursed within a period of less than one business day. This is the average of the daily maximum value of simultaneous and actual intraday overdraft positions or drawings on intraday credit facilities during the day for all credit institutions taken together. All days in the maintenance period, including weekends and bank holidays, are considered in the average.

Table 2.


Institutions offering payment services to non-MFIs

End of period; original units unless otherwise stated; value in EUR millions








 


Number


Value


Frequency





Central bank






Number of offices


Geo 0


—


A




Number of overnight deposits (thousands)


Geo 0


—


A





Credit institutions






of which:


 


 


 





Credit institutions legally incorporated in the reporting country






Number of offices


Geo 0


—


A




Number of institutions


Geo 0


 


A




Value of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs


—


Geo 0


Q





Branches of euro area-based credit institutions






Number of offices


Geo 0


—


A




Number of institutions


Geo 0


 


A




Value of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs


—


Geo 0


Q





Branches of EEA-based credit institutions outside the euro area






Number of offices


Geo 0


—


A




Number of institutions


Geo 0


 


A




Value of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs


—


Geo 0


Q





Branches of non-EEA-based credit institutions






Number of offices


Geo 0


—


A




Number of institutions


Geo 0


 


A




Value of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs


—


Geo 0


Q





Electronic money institutions






Number of institution


Geo 0


—


A





Other payment service providers






Number of institutions


Geo 0


—


A




Number of offices


Geo 0


—


A




Number of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs (thousands)


Geo 0


—


A




Value of overnight deposits held by non-MFIs


 


Geo 0


Q




Memo items:


 


 


 





Total number of payment institutions operating in the country on a cross-border basis



Geo 0


 


A




of which:


 


 


 













number of payment institutions providing services through an established branch






 


Geo 0


A













number of payment institutions providing services through an agent






 


Geo 0


A













number of payment institutions providing services neither establishing a branch nor through an agent






 


Geo 0


A




Table 2 complements Table 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43).

Number of institutions — comprises the legally independent institutions operating in the reporting country. Each institution is counted once, irrespective of the number of offices it maintains in the country.

Number of offices — number of places of business in the reporting country. Each place of business set up in the same reporting country is counted separately. Only those offices (regardless of their size and operating hours) that provide payment services with cashless clearing and settlement are included, while mobile offices are not included. The head office of the institution is counted as an office if it offers payment services with cashless clearing and settlement.

Branch — a place of business (other than the head office) which is located in the reporting country and which has been established by a credit institution legally incorporated in another country. It has no legal personality and carries out directly some or all of the transactions inherent in the business of credit institutions. All of the places of business set up in the reporting country by the same institution legally incorporated in another country constitute a single branch. Each of these places of business is counted as an individual office.

Branch of a euro area-based credit institution — a branch (located in the reporting country) of a credit institution legally incorporated outside the reporting country but within the euro area.

Branch of a non-EEA-based credit institution — a branch (located in the reporting country) of a non-EEA-based bank.

Branch of an EEA-based credit institution (outside the euro area) — a branch (located in the reporting country) of a credit institution legally incorporated in an EEA country outside the reporting country and outside the euro area.

Payment institutions operating in the country on a cross-border basis — payment institutions located outside the reporting country but operating in the reporting country through an established branch, an agent or by remote access.

Table 3.


Payment transactions involving non-MFIs

Total for the period; number of transactions in millions; value of transactions in EUR millions; annual frequency









 


Sent


Received




Memo items


Number of transactions


Value of transactions


Number of transactions


Value of transactions





Transactions per type of payment instrument






Credit transfers


 


 


 


 




Initiated electronically


 


 


 


 




of which:


 


 


 


 




Initiated on a single payment basis


 


 


 


 




of which:


 


 


 


 




Online banking based e-payments


Geo 1


Geo 1


—


—




Credits to the accounts by simple book entry


Geo 0


Geo 0


—


—




Debits from the accounts by simple book entry


Geo 0


Geo 0


—


—




 


 


 


—


—




Money remittances


Geo 3


Geo 3


Geo 2


Geo 2




Transactions via telecommunication, digital or IT device


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 2


Geo 2




Table 3 complements Table 4 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43).

Online banking based e-payments — transactions initiated through online banking schemes and payment initiation services. The item ‘online banking based e-payments’ excludes payments merely initiated by the payer via online banking not involving a simultaneous online shopping transaction. It also excludes invoices presented online not involving a simultaneous online shopping transaction.

Credits to the accounts by simple book entry — credit transaction initiated by a payment service provider (PSP) (including electronic money issuer) without a specific transaction order and executed by simple book entry, i.e. credit entry, to the account of a customer, i.e. without the use of a traditional payment instrument. The following transactions are reported for this item: (a) interest payment by the bank; (b) dividend payment by the bank; (c) disbursal of the amount of a loan to the current account of the customer; and (d) other credits to the account by simple book entry. These data are excluded from credit transfers.

Debits from the account by simple book entry — debit transaction initiated by a PSP (including electronic money issuer) without a specific transaction order and executed by simple book entry (debit entry) to the account of a customer, i.e. without the use of a traditional payment instrument. The following transactions are reported for this item: (a) charge of interest by the bank; (b) deduction of banking fees; (c) payment of taxes linked to financial assets, if they are a separate transaction but not separately authorised by the customer; (d) repayments of the amount of a loan; and (e) other debits to the account by simple book entry. These data are excluded from direct debits.

Money remittances — as defined in Article 4 of Directive 2007/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (40).

Transactions via telecommunication, digital or IT device — as defined in Point 7 of the Annex to Directive 2007/64/EC.

Table 4.


Payment transactions per type of terminal involving non-MFIs

Total for the period; number of transactions in millions; value of transactions in EUR millions; annual frequency







Memo items


Number of transactions


Value of transactions




Cash advances at POS terminals


Geo 1


Geo 1




OTC cash withdrawals


Geo 1


Geo 1




OTC cash deposits


Geo 1


Geo 1




Table 4 complements Table 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43).

Cash advance at point of sale (POS) terminals — transactions in which the cardholder receives cash at a POS terminal in combination with a payment transaction for goods or services. If it is not possible to distinguish data on cash advances at POS terminals, these are reported as ‘POS transactions’.

Over the counter (OTC) cash deposit — cash deposit to an account at the PSP using a form, including where a card is used merely to identify the payer. Includes cash deposited into a PSP’s day or night deposit box for crediting to an account at the PSP. These transactions do not represent payments in the strict sense, comprising only a change from cash to account money.

OTC cash withdrawal: cash withdrawal from an account at the PSP using a form, including where a card is used merely to identify the payee. These transactions do not represent payments in the strict sense, comprising only a change from account money to cash.

Table 5.


Participation in selected payment systems: TARGET2

End of period; original units; annual frequency






 


Number





TARGET2 component system






Number of participants


Geo 1




Direct participants


Geo 1




Credit institutions


Geo 1




Central bank


Geo 1




Other direct participants


Geo 1




Public administration


Geo 1




Clearing and settlement organisations


Geo 1




Other financial institutions


Geo 1




Others


Geo 1




Indirect participants


Geo 1








Table 6.


Payments processed by selected payment systems: TARGET2

Total for the period; number of transactions in millions; value of transactions in EUR millions; annual frequency







 


Sent




Number of transactions


Value of transactions





TARGET2 component system






Credit transfers and direct debits


Geo 1


Geo 1




Within the same TARGET2 component system


Geo 0


Geo 0




To another TARGET2 component system


Geo 2


Geo 2




To a euro area TARGET2 component system


Geo 2


Geo 2




To a non-euro area TARGET2 component system


Geo 2


Geo 2





Concentration ratio



Geo 1


Geo 1





TARGET2 component system — as defined in Article 2 of Guideline ECB/2012/27 (41).
For TARGET2 the definition of ‘cross border’ is based on the location of the component and not of the participant, as is the case for the other payment systems.
Tables 6 and 7 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) should be reported for each payment system other than TARGET2. A distinction should be made between large value payment systems and retail payment systems by NCBs:

Large value payment system — as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 260/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council (42).

Retail payment system — as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 260/2012.

Table 7.


Activities of PSPs per type of payment service

Total for the period; number of transactions sent in millions; value of transactions sent in EUR millions; annual frequency



















 


Memo. item
OTC cash deposits


Memo. item
OTC cash withdrawals


Direct debits


Card payments


Credit transfers


Memo. item
Money remittance


Memo. item Transaction via telecommunication, digital or IT device




Number


Value


Number


Value


Number


Value


Number


Value


Number


Value


Number


Value


Number


Value




Credit institutions


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1




Electronic money institutions


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1




Post office giro institutions


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1




Payment institutions


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1




Public authorities: (a) ECB and NCBs; and (b) Member States or local authorities


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1


Geo 1





Direct debits — as defined in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43).

Card payments — payment transactions as defined in the second bullet points of Points 3 and 4 of the Annex to Directive 2007/64/EC.

Credit transfers — as defined in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43).
The required geographical breakdown follows the naming convention laid down in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43), namely:

Table 8.


Geographical breakdown










Geo 0


Geo 1


Geo 2


Geo 3


Geo 4




Domestic


Domestic and cross-border combined


Cross-border


Domestic


Domestic




Single country breakdowns for all Union countries




Rest of the world


Cross-border





Section 2.   Derogations

Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) sets out the conditions under which the NCBs may grant derogations to the reporting agents. In particular, paragraph 2 specifies that NCBs may only grant derogations to reporting agents if these reporting agents do not contribute to a statistically significant coverage, at national level, of payment transactions for each type of payment service.
A statistically significant coverage is defined as 95 % of the value of payment transactions for each payment service.
If derogations are granted, NCBs must extrapolate the data to be reported to the ECB.

Section 3.   Transitional provisions


Historical data

With a view to enhancing data comparability, NCBs should report historical information for all items in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) and in this Guideline for the reference period 2013 on a best efforts basis. The NCBs decide on the best way to address this requirement, possibly via estimates. For those series that were not already provided in the context of the previous Guideline ECB/2007/9 and where no actual data are available, NCBs are allowed to report information as not available (NC series with an observation status L) (43).

Data with reference period 2014 — tables in this Guideline

In relation to the requirements specified in the tables of this Guideline, NCBs are allowed to report data with the reference period 2014 on a best efforts basis, in accordance with the same rules as laid down for historical data (see above).

Data with reference period 2014 — tables in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43)

As the requirements specified in Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43) are of annual frequency, the NCBs must ensure the provision of a single figure for each data series, reported with reference to the whole year (aggregating, where applicable, 2014 H1 and 2014 H2). In respect of data covering 2014 H1, the NCBs decide on the best way to address this requirement. If actual data are not available, NCBs may provide estimates.
Where estimates are provided in accordance with the transitional provisions, the methodology is to be defined by each NCB, depending on country specificities. Explanatory notes should be provided by NCBs to clarify the approach undertaken.
PART 17

Statistics on IFs’ assets and liabilities

The statistical returns should contain data for all cells in the relevant tables in this Guideline, even when they are zeros, missing or the phenomenon does not exist.

Table 1.


Data to be provided on a quarterly basis: stocks and flow adjustments



































 








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


RoW












D.


Total








Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs – Total


Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs - Total


Total




 


General Gov’t (S.13)


Other residents


 


General gov’t (S.13)


Other residents


 


Non-participating Member States


US


Japan




Total


Non-MMF investment funds


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations + pension funds (S.128+S.129)


 


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations + pension funds (S.128+S.129)


 


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)




Insurance corporations (S. 128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Insurance corporations (S. 128)


Pension funds (S.129)







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1



Deposit and loan claims






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





up to 1 year



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





over 1 year



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2



Debt securities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





o/w accrued interest



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2e.



Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2x.



Foreign currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2t.



Total currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













3



Equity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




o/w listed shares


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













4



Investment fund shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





(2+3+4)a of which securities lent out or sold under repurchase agreements



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5



Financial derivatives






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











6



Non-financial assets (incl. fixed assets)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













7



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





o/w accrued interest on deposit and loan claims



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













8



Loans and deposits received






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





up to 1 year



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





over 1 year



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9



IF shares / units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











10



Financial derivatives






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













11



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





o/w accrued interest on loans and deposits received



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 








Table 2.


Data to be provided on a monthly basis: stocks, flow adjustments, transactions







 








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


RoW












D.


Total








Total


Total




 


MFIs


Non-MFIs


 


MFIs


Non-MFIs





ASSETS













1



Deposit and loan claims






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











2



Debt securities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2e.



Euro






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













2x.



Foreign currencies






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 1 and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











3



Equity






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











4



Investment fund shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











5



Financial derivatives






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











6



Non-financial assets (incl. fixed assets)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











7



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





LIABILITIES













8



Loans and deposits received






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9



IF shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 



#












9.1



Sale of IF shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











9.2



Redemption of IF shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











10



Financial derivatives






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











11



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












#


Minimum data to be provided by the reporting agents to the NCBs on a monthly basis.










PART 18

Statistics on the assets and liabilities of FVCs


Table 1.


Outstanding amounts and financial transactions

Data required to be provided on a quarterly basis































 








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the World












D.


Total








Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs - Total


Total


MFIs


Non-MFIs - Total


 


Banks


Non-Banks




 


General gov’t (S.13)


Other resident sectors


 


General gov’t (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations + pension funds (S.128+S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations + pension funds (S.128+S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15)




 


o/w FVCs


 


o/w FVCs







ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1



Deposits and loan claims






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 



ANC




ANC




ANC





over 1 year


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 



ANC




ANC




ANC














2



Securitised loans






 



ANC



 



ANC



 



ANC




ANC



 



ANC




ANC




ANC



 



ANC



 



ANC



 



ANC




ANC



 



ANC




ANC




ANC




ANC



 


 


 












2a


euro area MFI as originator






 



ANC



 



ANC/MFI



 



ANC/MFI




ANC/MFI



 



ANC/MFI



 



ANC/MFI



 



ANC



 



ANC/MFI



 



ANC/MFI




ANC/MFI



 



ANC/MFI



 



ANC/MFI




ANC/MFI



 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC/MFI



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC/MFI



 


 


 


 


 




over 1 year and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC/MFI



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC/MFI



 


 


 


 


 




over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC/MFI



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC/MFI



 


 


 


 


 










2b


euro area general government as originator






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC











2c


euro area OFII, non-MMF investment funds and ICPF as originator






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC











2d


euro area NFC as originator






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC











2e


non-euro area originator






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC














3



Debt securities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 



NON-ANC




NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC




NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 




over 1 year and up to 2 years


 



NON-ANC




NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC




NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 




over 2 years


 



NON-ANC




NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC




NON-ANC



 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 













4



Other securitised assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC











4a


of which euro area general government as originator






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC











4b


of which euro area NFC as originator






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC












5



Equity and investment fund shares/units






 


 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC



 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC












6



Financial derivatives






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC












7



Non-financial assets (including fixed assets)






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC












8



Remaining assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC








LIABILITIES



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













9



Loans and deposits received






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC





over 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC



 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC














10



Debt securities issued






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC





over 1 year and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC





over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC












11



Capital and reserves






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC












12



Financial derivatives






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



ANC














13



Remaining liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC











13a


of which accrued interest on debt securities issued






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



NON-ANC





ANC: Anchor series
NON-ANC: Non-anchor series
ANC/MFI: Anchor series, which may be partly derived from data directly collected from MFIs via Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) when euro area MFIs act as servicers of the loans.








Table 2.


Write-offs/write-downs

Data required to be provided on a quarterly basis






 








D.


Total









ASSETS













2



Securitised loans







NON-ANC









Table 3.


Loans originated and serviced by euro area MFIs: Data to be exchanged between NCBs
 (*17)

Data required to be provided on a quarterly basis






















BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
Assets








A.


Domestic












B.


Euro area other than domestic












C.


Rest of the World








 


General gov't (S.13)


Other resident sectors


 


General gov't (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations + pension funds (S.128+S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S15)


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127)


Insurance corporations + pension funds (S.128+S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S15)







Securitised loans



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country A



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country B



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country C



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





etc.



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







up to 1 year



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country A



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country B



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country C



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





etc.



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







over 1 year and up to 5 yrs



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country A



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country B



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country C



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





etc.



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







over 5 years



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country A



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country B



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





FVCs located in euro area country C



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





etc.



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




PART 19

Loans to non-financial corporations by branch of activity

NCBs either report data for individual sections in accordance with Template I or, if data are not available for individual sections, with Template II.
NCBs report outstanding amounts in respect of loans to domestic non-financial corporations and loans to other euro area Member States’ non-financial corporations (where available) separately. All data are reported in EUR million.








Template I


Template II




1








A.


Agriculture, forestry and fishing






1








A.


Agriculture, forestry and fishing








2








B.


Mining and quarrying






2








B.


Mining and quarrying








3








C.


Manufacturing






3








C.


Manufacturing








4








D.


Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply






4








D.


Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply




+






E.


Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities








5








E.


Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities








6








F.


Construction






5








F.


Construction








7








G.


Wholesale and retail trade. Repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles






6








G.


Wholesale and retail trade. Repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles








8








I.


Accommodation and food service activities






7








I.


Accommodation and food service activities








9








H.


Transportation and storage






8








H.


Transportation and storage




+






J.


Information and communication








10








J.


Information and communication








11








L.


Real estate activities






9








L.


Real estate activities




+






M.


Professional, scientific and technical activities




+






N.


Administrative and support service activities








12








M.


Professional, scientific and technical activities








13








N.


Administrative and support service activities








14


All remaining sections relevant for the non-financial corporations


10


All remaining sections relevant for the non-financial corporations





Note: Letters refer to the corresponding NACE Rev.2 classification.




PART 20

Statistics on MFI credit lines


Table


Statistics on MFI credit lines (stocks and reclassification adjustments)




























BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Domestic












B.


Other Participating Member States












C.


Rest of the world












D.


Total








MFIs


Non-MFIs


MFIs


Non-MFIs




 


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors


 


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127) (f)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15) Total


Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127) (f)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15) Total




 


of which: CCP (4)


 


of which: CCP (4)





ASSETS



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 













1



Off-balance sheet items






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Credit lines


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











2



Other assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




PART 21

Statistics on the assets and liabilities of CCPs


Table


Statistics on the assets and liabilities of CCPs (stocks and reclassification adjustments)

Quarterly data


















BALANCE SHEET ITEMS








A.


Euro area residents












B.


Rest of the world












C.


Total








MFIs


Non-MFIs




 


General government (S.13)


Other resident sectors




Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


Other financial intermediaries + financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127) (f)


Insurance corporations (S.128)


Pension funds (S.129)


Non-financial corporations (S.11)


Households + non-profit institutions serving households (S.14+S.15) Total




Central government


Other general government


 


of which: CCP (4)





ASSETS















1



Loans






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: reverse repos stemming from a tri-party repo where a euro area MFI is the lender



R




R




R



 


 



R



 


 


 


 



R



 




of which: other than reverse repos stemming from a tri-party repo



NR



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











2



Other assets






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





LIABILITIES















3



Deposits






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: repos stemming from a tri-party repo where a euro area MFI is the borrower



R




R




R



 


 



R



 


 


 


 



R



 




of which: other than repos stemming from a tri-party repo



NR



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 











4



Other liabilities






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




PART 22

PF statistics


Table


PF statistics (stocks and transactions)


Assets Pension Funds







 


Total




Total


Domestic


Non-residents




Total domestic


MFIs (S.121+S.122+ S.123)


Non-MFIs


Total non residents


Other MUMS


Rest of the world




Total non-MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other residents


Total other MUMS


MFIs (S.121+S.122+ S.123)


Non-MFIs




Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs (S.125+S.126+S.127)


ICs (S.128)


PFs (S.129)


NFCs (S.11)


Households (S.14)


Total non-MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other residents




Total


Non-MMF investment funds (S.124)


OFIs (S.125+S.126+S.127)


ICs (S.128)


PFs (S.129)


NFCs (S.11)


Households (S.14)





Total financial assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Currency



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Deposits



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 1 year and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Securities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 1 year and up to 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 2 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Loans



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 1 year and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Shares and other equity



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Listed shares


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Unlisted shares and other equity


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Mutual funds shares/units



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: money market fund shares


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: non-MMF investment fund shares/units


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Non-life insurance technical reserves (AF.61)



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other accounts receivable/payable



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Total non-financial assets



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












 


Series to be reported














Liabilities Pension Funds







 


Total




Total


Domestic


Non-residents




Total domestic


MFIs (S.121+S.122+S.123)


Non-MFIs


Total non residents


Other MUMS


Rest of the world




Total non-MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other residents


Total other MUMS


MFIs (S.121+S.122+S.123)


Non-MFIs




Total


Non-MMFs investment funds (S.124)


OFIs S.125+S.126+S.127)


ICs (S.128)


PFs (S.129)


Non-fin. Corporations (S.11)


Households (S.14)


Total non-MFIs


General government (S.13)


Other residents




Total


Non-MMFs investment funds (S.124)


OFIs (S.125+S.126+S.127)


ICs (S.128)


PFs (S.129)


Non-fin. Corporations (S.11)


Households (S.14)





Total Liabilities



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Securities other than shares excl. financial derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Financial derivatives



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Loans received



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Up to 1 year


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 1 and up to 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Over 5 years


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Shares and other equity



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Listed shares


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Unlisted shares and other equity


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 







Insurance, pension and standardised guarantee schemes



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






Pension entitlements (AF.63), Claims of pension funds on pension managers (AF.64) and Entitlements to non-pension benefits (AF.65)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: Defined Contribution


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: Defined Benefit


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




of which: Hybrid schemes


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




Non-life insurance technical reserves (AF.61)


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Other accounts receivable/payable



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 












 


Series to be reported












(1)  Regulation (EC) No 2819/98 of the European Central Bank of 1 December 1998 concerning the consolidated balance sheet of the monetary financial institutions sector (ECB/1998/16) (OJ L 356, 30.12.1998, p. 7).

(*1)  Reclassification adjustments are to be transmitted to the ECB for all cells; revaluation adjustments only for cells marked with a #.

(2)  Central counterparties.

(3)  Sole proprietorships/partnerships without legal status.

(4)  Item does not apply to the NCB balance sheet.

(5)  Item only relevant for the NCB balance sheet.

(*2)  Reclassification adjustments are to be transmitted to the ECB for all cells; revaluation adjustments only for cells marked with a #.

(*3)  Adjustments for write-offs/write-downs only apply in respect of Part 2; reclassification adjustments apply throughout.

(*4)  NCBs may extend the coverage of this item to loans otherwise transferred and derecognised from the MFI balance sheet for which the MFI acts as servicer, in accordance with the practice applied in Table 5 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

(*5)  Reclassification adjustments only apply in respect of Parts 2 and 3; adjustments for write-offs/write-downs apply throughout.

(6)  NCBs may extend the coverage of this item to loans otherwise transferred and derecognised from the MFI balance sheet for which the MFI acts as servicer, in accordance with the practice applied in Table 5 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

(7)  Sole proprietorships/partnerships without legal status.

(8)  NCBs report available data on loans derecognised by MFIs which are not included in the reported data of Table 5 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

(9)  Sole proprietorships/partnerships without legal status.

(*6)  Reclassification adjustments must be transmitted to the ECB for all cells; revaluation adjustments, if significant, only for the cells indicated with a #.

(*7)  Stocks are to be transmitted to the ECB for all cells; reclassification adjustments only for the cells indicated with a # Cells marked with a cross (†) indicate low priority memorandum items.

(10)  Banknotes and coins denominated in the former national currencies which remain outstanding after the adoption of the euro. Data should be reported for at least 12 months after the enlargement.

(11)  Debt securities issued by the NCB are to be reported only if the phenomenon is applicable.

(12)  Net positions vis-à-vis the Eurosystem originated by (a) distribution of euro banknotes issued by the ECB (8 % of total issues); and (b) application of the capital share mechanism. The individual NCB’s and ECB’s net credit or debit position must be allocated to either the asset or liability side of the balance sheet according to the sign; i.e. a positive net position vis-à-vis the Eurosystem must be reported on the asset side, a negative net position on the liability side.

(*8)  Stocks are to be transmitted to the ECB for all cells; reclassification and revaluation adjustments only for the cells indicated with a #. Cells marked with a cross (†) indicate low priority memorandum items.

(13)  These items represent the counterpart liability to loans securitised but not derecognised from the MFI balance sheet under the applicable accounting standards.

(14)  Subject to agreement between the ECB and the NCB, this set of information does not need to be reported by the NCBs where alternative data sources are used by the ECB.

(15)  These items refer to specific and general provisions against loans, securities and other types of assets (e.g. allowances for impairments and loan losses) that are allocated to ‘capital and reserves’ and/or ‘remaining liabilities’ in accordance with accounting rules. These provisions should be reflected only to the extent that they are not netted from the asset category they refer to in the statistical balance sheet.

(*9)  Some of the requirements in this table may not apply to the NCBs’/ECB’s balance sheets and should therefore be reported for other MFIs only. Stocks are to be transmitted to the ECB for all cells; reclassification and revaluation adjustments only for cells indicated with a #.

(*10)  OFIs: OFIs in this table refer to other financial intermediaries except insurance corporations and pension funds+ financial auxiliaries + captive financial institutions and money lenders (S.125+S.126+S.127); ICs: insurance corporations (S.128); PFs: pension funds (S.129); NFCs: non-financial corporations (S.11).

(16)  The MFI balance sheet statistics compilation framework does not specify a rule for the recording of interest accruals on debt securities issued and held. NCBs should report these accruals within the corresponding instrument category or in remaining assets/remaining liabilities in accordance with national practices.

(17)  Liabilities of MFIs with households in the form of technical provisions established to provide pensions for employees. This typically refers to employee pension funds that have not been externalised to an independent institution.

(18)  These cells are only applicable where the items are not reported in the relevant categories in accordance with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) (e.g. securities lending business, short positions in securities, own shares) but within remaining assets/remaining liabilities. These additional sub-items allow the ECB to correct monetary union financial accounts data as necessary. Explanatory information should be reported to the ECB clarifying the content of these composite items, if available.

(19)  The part of gross premiums paid by MFIs which is to be allocated to the following accounting period plus claims by MFIs that are not yet settled.

(20)  Debt securities issued with an agreed maturity of over two years also include the amounts of securities held by other credit institutions (CIs) subject to reserve requirements, by the ECB or by NCBs of the participating Member States.

(21)  For this indicator, the corresponding ESA 2010 sector is S.128.

(22)  For this indicator, the corresponding European system of accounts (hereinafter the ‘ESA 2010’) sector is S.129.

(*11)  Not mandatory items that should be reported if the data are available.

(*12)  Not mandatory items that should be reported if the data are available.

(*13)  Not mandatory items that should be reported if the data are available.

(23)  This item includes the NCBs’ euro-denominated claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign currency reserves from the NCBs to the ECB.

(24)  In the MFI balance sheet no distinction is made between deposits and loans on the asset and on the liability side. Instead, all non-negotiable funds placed with/lent to MFIs (=liabilities) are deemed to be in ‘deposits’ and all funds placed by/lent by the MFIs (=assets) are deemed to be ‘loans’. However, the ESA 2010 outlines a difference based on the criterion of who initiates the transaction. Where the borrower takes the initiative, the financial transaction must be classified as a loan. Where the lender takes the initiative, the transaction must be classified as a deposit.

(*14)  
            ‘Other currencies’ refers to all other currencies, including the national currencies of non-euro area Member States.

(*15)  Debt securities other than shares refer to ‘securities other than shares, excluding financial derivatives’.

(*16)  Quoted shares refer to ‘quoted shares excluding investment fund and money market fund shares/units’.

(25)  ESA 95 category F.33.

(26)  ESA 95 category F.511.

(27)  Block A for NCBs and Block B for the BIS.

(28)  ESA 95 category F.511.

(29)  Not defined as a financial transaction; see paragraphs 5.93 and 6.56 of the ESA 95, and Section 4 (b) of this Part.

(30)  Transaction on a secondary market involving a change of the holder; not covered by these statistics.

(31)  Considered as two financial transactions; see paragraphs 5.62 and 6.54 of the ESA 95, and Section 4 (a) (ii) of this Part.

(32)  Transaction on a secondary market involving a change of the holder are not covered by these statistics.

(33)  Since 1 January 1999, for securities issued by domestic residents in euro (part of Block A) no exchange rate valuation is required, and securities issued by domestic residents in euro/national denominations (remaining part of Block A) are converted into euro applying the irrevocable conversion rates of 31 December 1998.

(34)  ESA 95, paragraph 6.58.

(35)  Regulation (EC) No 63/2002 of the European Central Bank of 20 December 2001 concerning statistics on interest rates applied by monetary financial institutions to deposits and loans vis-à-vis households and non-financial corporations (ECB/2001/18) (OJ L 10, 12.1.2002, p. 24).

(36)  Regulation (EC) No 290/2009 of the European Central Bank of 31 March 2009 amending Regulation (EC) No 63/2002 (ECB/2001/18) concerning statistics on interest rates applied by monetary financial institutions to deposits and loans vis-à-vis households and non-financial corporations (ECB/2009/7) (OJ L 94, 8.4.2009, p. 75).

(37)  i.e. the sum of the intra-stratum variances defined as 

 is to be substantially lower than the total variance of the reporting population defined as 

, where h indicates each stratum, xi the interest rate for institution i, 

 the simple average interest rate of stratum h, n the total number of institutions in the sample and 

 the simple average of interest rates of all institutions in the sample.

(38)  The NCBs may directly translate the absolute measure of 10 basis points at a confidence level of 90 % into a relative measure in terms of the acceptable maximum variation coefficient of the estimator.

(39)  Note that Tables 1 and 2 in the ECB’s statistics paper entitled ‘Quality measures in non- random sampling’, available on the ECB’s website at www.ecb.europa.eu, highlights the results of the synthetic MAE for the first and third quartile estimators applied in each country.

(40)  Directive 2007/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 on payment services in the internal market amending Directives 97/7/EC, 2002/65/EC, 2005/60/EC and 2006/48/EC and repealing Directive 97/5/EC (OJ L 319, 5.12.2007, p. 1).

(41)  Guideline ECB/2012/27 of 5 December 2012 on a Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross settlement Express Transfer system (TARGET2) (OJ L 30, 30.1.2013, p. 1).

(42)  Regulation (EU) No 260/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March 2012 establishing technical and business requirements for credit transfers and direct debits in euro and amending Regulation (EC) No 924/2009 (OJ L 94, 30.3.2012, p. 22).

(43)  In respect of the mandatory items in this Guideline, all requirements were already specified in Guideline ECB/2007/9, with the exception of the requirements relating to ‘intraday borrowing in euro from the central bank’ in Table 1 and ‘electronic money institutions’ in Table 2 (these were memo items in Guideline ECB/2007/9) and the mandatory requirements of Table 7.

(*17)  Outstanding amounts, and if applicable in the reporting period also adjustments for reclassifications and write-offs/write-downs.





ANNEX III

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

PART 1

Introduction

The European Central Bank (ECB) has special data exchange arrangements with the national central banks (NCBs) of the European System of Central Banks (ESCB), the accession country NCBs and some Union national statistical institutes (NSIs). The data exchanges use standardised platform independent messages (SDMX (1)), including data (numeric values) and/or attributes (metadata explaining the exchanged data).
In order to exchange statistical messages, the data need to be structured in accordance with precise data structure definitions (DSDs) (2), whose attached statistical concepts and code lists allow their content to be described adequately and unambiguously. The collection of DSDs, associated concepts and code lists is known as ‘structural definitions’.
The ECB structural definitions provide the list of DSDs, associated concepts and code lists devised by the ECB and used in its SDMX statistical data exchanges. The ECB’s structural definitions are stored on the European Commission website CIRCABC (3) and are accessible by the members of the Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and the Statistics Interest Group (including the members of the Working Group on Statistical Information Management (WGSIM)). A local copy is usually stored with each NCB. If this is not the case, the NCBs’ relevant business area should contact their WGSIM member.
This Annex describes in detail the specifics of each data exchange between the euro area NCBs and the ECB in the context of monetary and financial statistics. Part 2 lists the ECB DSDs and related data sets in use by the ESCB. Part 3 follows with a description of the DSDs including the specific dimensions of the series keys, their format and the code lists from which they take their code values. Part 4 illustrates the relationship between the series keys and their attributes and specifies which partners are responsible for their maintenance.
PART 2

DSDs and datasets









1.


In the SDMX messages exchanged, statistical concepts can be used either as dimensions (in composing the ‘keys’ identifying the time series) or as attributes (providing information about the data). Coded dimensions and attributes take their values from predefined code lists. The DSDs define the structure of the exchanged series keys, in terms of concepts and associated code lists. In addition, they define their relationship with the relevant attributes. The same structure can be used for several data flows, which are differentiated by the data set information.












2.


In the context of monetary and financial statistics, the ECB has defined nine DSDs currently used for the exchange of statistics with the ESCB and other international organisations. For the majority of those DSDs, one data set using that structure is exchanged and as a consequence the DSD identifier and the associated data set identifier (DSI) used in the SDMX data messages are the same. For treatment, timeliness and responsibility purposes, two different data sets following the ‘ECB_BSI1’ DSD have been defined and are distinguished at the DSI level. The following data flows characteristics are in production:






—


balance sheet items (BSI), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_BSI1’,










—


balance sheet items in the context of the Blue Book (BSP), DSD identifier ‘ECB_BSI1’ and DSI ‘ECB_BSP’,










—


banking structural financial indicators (SSI), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_SSI1’,










—


banking structural financial indicators in the context of the Blue Book (SSP), DSD identifier ‘ECB_SS1’ and DSI ‘ECB_SSP’,










—


MFI interest rates (MIR), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_MIR1’,










—


other financial intermediaries (OFI), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_OFI1’,










—


securities issues (SEC), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_SEC1’,










—


payment and settlement systems (PSS), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_PSS1’,










—


investment funds (IVF), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_IVF1’,










—


financial vehicle corporations (FVC), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_FVC1’,










—


consolidated banking data (CBD), DSD identifier and DSI ‘ECB_CBD1’,










—


international consolidated banking statistics (CBS), DSD identifier and DSI ‘BIS_CBS’.
















2.1


The DSI ‘ECB_BSI1’ is used to define the series keys for data on:






—


MFI balance sheet statistics,










—


e-money,










—


credit institutions balance sheet statistics,










—


MMF balance sheet statistics,










—


central government deposit liabilities and holdings of cash and securities,










—


memorandum items,










—


supplementary BSI data reported by the NCBs to the International Monetary Fund using the ECB gateway services,










—


securitised and sold MFI loans to third parties,










—


reserve base statistics,










—


macro ratio,










—


loans to non-financial corporations broken down by branch of activity,










—


credit lines.








PART 3

Dimensions

The table below identifies the dimensions composing the series keys of the specific monetary and financial statistics listed in Part 2, their format and the code lists from which they take their code values.



















 


 


Data structure definition (DSD)


Concept
(identifier)


Concept name


Value
format (5)



Code list


Code list name




BSI


SSI


MIR


OFI


SEC


PSS


IVF


FVC


CBD


CBS (4)





DIMENSION ORDER IN THE KEY


DIMENSIONS





1




1




1




1




1




1




1




1




1




1



FREQ


Frequency


AN1


CL_FREQ


Frequency code list





2




2




2




2




2




2




2




2




2



 


REF_AREA


Reference area


AN2


CL_AREA_EE


Area code list





3



 


 



3



 


 



3




3



 


 


ADJUSTMENT


Adjustment indicator


AN1


CL_ADJUSTMENT


Adjustment indicator code list





4



 



3



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


BS_REP_SECTOR


Balance sheet reference sector breakdown


AN..2


CL_BS_REP_SECTOR


Balance sheet reference sector breakdown code list




 



3



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


REF_SECTOR


Reference sector breakdown


AN4


CL_ESA95_SECTOR


ESA 95 reference sectoral breakdown code list




 


 


 


 



3



 


 


 


 


 


SEC_ISSUING SECTOR


Securities issuing sector


AN4


CL_ESA95_SECTOR


ESA 95 reference sectoral breakdown code list




 


 


 


 


 



3



 


 


 


 


PSS_INFO_TYPE


PSS information type


AN4


CL_PSS_INFO_TYPE


Payment and settlement system information type code list




 


 


 


 


 



4



 


 


 


 


PSS_INSTRUMENT


PSS instrument


AN4


CL_PSS_INSTRUMENT


Payment and settlement system instrument code list




 


 


 


 


 



5



 


 


 


 


PSS_SYSTEM


PSS entry point


AN4


CL_PSS_SYSTEM


Payment and settlement system entry point code list




 


 


 


 


 



6



 


 


 


 


DATA_TYPE_PSS


PSS data type


AN2


CL_DATA_TYPE_PSS


Payment and settlement system data type code list




 


 


 



4



 


 


 


 


 


 


OFI_REP_SECTOR


Other financial intermediaries reporting sector


AN2


CL_OFI_REP_SECTOR


Other financial intermediaries reference sectoral breakdown code list




 


 


 


 


 


 



4



 


 


 


IVF_REP_SECTOR


Investment funds reporting sector


AN2


CL_IVF_REP_SECTOR


Investment funds reference sectoral breakdown code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 



4



 


 


FVC_REP_SECTOR


Financial vehicle corporations reporting sector


AN1


CL_FVC_REP_SECTOR


Financial vehicle corporations reference sectoral breakdown code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



3



 


CB_REP_SECTOR


CBD reference sector breakdown


AN2


CL_CB_REP_SECTOR


Consolidated banking data reference sector breakdown code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



4



 


CB_SECTOR_SIZE


CBD reference sector size


AN1


CL_CB_SECTOR_SIZE


Consolidated banking data reference sector size code list




 



4



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


SSI_INDICATOR


Structural financial indicator


AN3


CL_SSI_INDICATOR


Structural financial indicator’s code list





5



 



4



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


BS_ITEM


Balance sheet item


AN..7


CL_BS_ITEM


Balance sheet item code list




 


 


 



5



 


 


 


 


 


 


OFI_ITEM


Other financial intermediaries balance sheet item


AN3


CL_OFI_ITEM


Other financial intermediaries balance sheet item code list




 


 


 


 



4



 


 


 


 


 


SEC_ITEM


Securities item


AN6


CL_ESA95_ACCOUNT


ESA 95 account code list




 


 


 


 


 


 



5



 


 


 


IF_ITEM


Investment funds assets and liabilities


AN3


CL_IF_ITEM


IF balance sheet item code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 



5



 


 


FVC_ITEM


Financial vehicle corporations assets and liabilities


AN3


CL_FVC_ITEM


Financial vehicle corporations balance sheet item code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



5



 


CB_ITEM


Consolidated banking data item


AN5


CL_CB_ITEM


Consolidated banking data item code list





6



 



5




6



 


 



6




6




6



 


MATURITY_ORIG


Original maturity


AN..3


CL_MATURITY_ORIG


Original maturity code list




 


 


 


 



5



 


 


 


 


 


SEC_VALUATION


Securities valuation


AN1


CL_MUFA_VALUATION


Valuation in MUFA context code list





7




5



 



7



 


 



7




7




7



 


DATA_TYPE


Data type


AN1


CL_DATA_TYPE


Money and banking type of data, flow and position




 


 



6



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


DATA_TYPE_MIR


MIR data type


AN1


CL_DATA_TYPE_MIR


MFI interest rates data type code list




 


 


 


 



6



 


 


 


 


 


DATA_TYPE_SEC


Securities data type


AN1


CL_DATA_TYPE_SEC


Securities data type code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



2



L_MEASURE


Stock, flow


AN1


CL_STOCK_FLOW


Stock, flow




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



3



L_REP_CTY


Reference area code for BIS international financial statistics (BIS-IFS)


AN2


CL_BIS_IF_REF_AREA


Reference area code for BIS-IFS




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



4



CBS_BANK_TYPE


CBS bank type


AN2


CL_BIS_IF_REF_AREA


CBS bank type




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



5



CBS_BASIS


CBS reporting basis


AN1


CL_CBS_BASIS


CBS reporting basis




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



6



L_POSITION


CBS position type


AN1


CL_L_POSITION


Position type




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



7



L_INSTR


CBS instrument type


AN1


CL_L_INSTR


Instrument type




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



8



REM_MATURITY


CBS remaining maturities


AN1


CL_ISSUE_MAT


Issue maturity code list




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



9



CURR_TYPE_BOOK


CBS currency type of booking location


AN3


CL_CURRENCY_3POS


Currency type of booking location




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



10



L_CP_SECTOR


CBS counterparty sector


AN1


CL_L_SECTOR


CBS counterparty sector




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



11



L_CP_COUNTRY


CBS counterparty area


AN2


CL_BIS_IF_REF_AREA


Reference area code for BIS-IFS





8




6



 



8



 



7




8




8




8



 


COUNT_AREA


Counterpart area


AN2


CL_AREA_EE


Area code list




 


 



7



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


AMOUNT_CAT


Amount category


AN1


CL_AMOUNT_CAT


Amount category code list





9



 



8




9



 


 



9




9




9



 


BS_COUNT_SECTOR


Balance sheet counterpart sector


AN..7


CL_BS_COUNT_SECTOR


Balance sheet counterpart sector code list




 


 


 


 


 



8



 


 


 


 


COUNT_SECTOR


Counterpart sector


AN2


CL_PS_COUNT_SECTOR


Payment and settlement system receiving/acquiring sector




 


 


 


 


 


 


 



10



 


 


FVC_ORI_SECTOR


Financial vehicle corporations originator sector


AN2


CL_FVC_ORI_SECTOR


Financial vehicle corporations originator sector code list





10




7




9




10




7




9




10




11




10



 


CURRENCY_TRANS


Currency of transaction


AN3


CL_CURRENCY


Currency code list




 



8



 



11




8




10




11



 



11



 


SERIES_DENOM


Denomination of the series or special calculation


AN1


CL_SERIES_DENOM


Denomination of the series or special calculation code list





11



 


 


 


 


 


 



12



 


 


BS_SUFFIX


Balance sheet suffix


AN..3


CL_BS_SUFFIX


Balance sheet suffix code list




 


 


 


 



9



 


 


 


 


 


SEC_SUFFIX


Series suffix in securities context


AN1


CL_SEC_SUFFIX


Securities suffix code list




 


 



10



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


IR_BUS_COV


Interest rates business coverage


AN1


CL_IR_BUS_COV


Interest rates business coverage code list





Frequency. This dimension indicates the frequency of the reported time series. The specific data exchange requirements are as follows.






—


for the ‘ECB_OFI1’ DSD: when national data are only available at a lower frequency, i.e. biannually or annually, NCBs estimate quarterly data. When quarterly estimates are not feasible, data are nevertheless provided as quarterly time series, i.e. annual data are provided as yyyyQ4 and biannual data are provided as yyyyQ2 and yyyyQ4 with the remaining quarters either not reported or reported as missing with the observation status ‘L’,










—


for the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD: if the required monthly data are not available and no estimates can be made, then quarterly or annual data can be sent.





Reference area. This dimension relates to the country of residence of the reporting institution. In the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD, it indicates the country of residence of the issuing sector (6).

Adjustment indicator. This dimension indicates whether a seasonal adjustment and/or a working day adjustment are applied.

Balance sheet reference sector breakdown. This dimension refers to the reporting sector according to the breakdown defined in the associated code list.

Reference sector breakdown. This dimension indicates the reference sector for the structural financial indicators (in the ‘ECB_SSI1’ DSD).

Securities issuing sector. This dimension refers to the sector of the securities issuers (in the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD).

PSS information type. This dimension represents the general type of information to be provided in the context of the ‘ECB_PSS1’ DSD.

PSS instrument. This dimension, used in the ‘ECB_PSS1’ DSD, indicates the particular type of instrument/device used for the payment transactions, e.g. cards with a cash function or credit transfers, etc.

PSS entry point. This dimension is linked to the type of terminal or system through which the underlying payments transaction was done. For the correspondence of payment systems and PSS entry point code values, see Part 16 of Annex II.

PSS data type. In the PSS context, this dimension gives the unit of measurement for the observation, i.e. whether a number or a value should be reported for the item (e.g. number of transactions per card, value of transactions per card, etc.).

Other financial intermediaries reporting sector. This dimension indicates the sector of the reporting institution within the OFI sector.

Investment funds reporting sector. This dimension indicates the sector of the reporting institution within the IF sector.

Financial vehicle corporations reporting sector. This dimension indicates the sector of the reporting institution within the FVC sector.

CBD reference sector breakdown. This dimension indicates the ownership and type of the reporting institution (domestic credit institutions versus foreign controlled subsidiaries or branches).

CBD sector size. This dimension indicates the size of the reporting institution with respect to its total assets. It only applies to the domestic credit institutions.

Structural financial indicator. This dimension is ‘ECB_SSI1’ DSD specific and represents the type of structural financial indicator.

Balance sheet item. This dimension indicates the item of the MFI balance sheet as defined in Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

Other financial intermediaries balance sheet item. This dimension indicates an item of the OFI balance sheet. OFIs concentrate on different financial activities depending on the type of institution, and not all balance sheet items apply to all types of intermediaries. Therefore, while most of the balance sheet items are common to all types of other financial intermediaries, ‘other assets’ and ‘other liabilities’ can have different definitions for different types of intermediaries. On the asset side, two different definitions are adopted for the ‘other assets’ item: (a) for security and derivative dealers (SDDs) this item includes loans; and (b) for financial corporations engaged in lending (FCLs) the item includes deposits, cash, investment fund shares, fixed assets and financial derivatives. With regard to the ‘other liabilities’ item: (a) for SDDs this item excludes debt securities, capital and reserves and financial derivatives; and (b) for FCLs this item includes financial derivatives.

Securities item. This dimension refers to the items taken from the list of items set up for the monetary union financial accounts (MUFA) in line with the European System of Accounts concepts. It is only used for the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD.

Investment funds assets and liabilities. This dimension relates to the item of the IF’s assets and liabilities as defined in Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38).

Financial vehicle corporations assets and liabilities. This dimension relates to the item of the FVC’s assets and liabilities as defined in Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40).

Consolidated banking data item. This dimension indicates the item of the CBD reporting scheme to be reported (from the banks’ income statement, balance sheet and capital adequacy reports).

Original maturity. For the ‘ECB_BSI1’, ‘ECB_FVC1’, ‘ECB_IVF1’, ‘ECB_CBD1’ and ‘ECB_OFI1’ DSDs, this dimension indicates the original maturity of the BSI. For the ‘ECB_MIR1’ DSD, this dimension indicates, for items on outstanding amounts, the breakdown by original maturity or period of notice of the deposits or loans; for items on new business, it indicates the breakdown by original maturity or period of notice in the case of deposits and the initial period of fixation in the case of loans.

Securities valuation. This dimension identifies the valuation method used for securities issues statistics in the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD.

Data type. This dimension describes the type of data reported in the ‘ECB_BSI1’, ‘ECB_SSI1’, ‘ECB_OFI1’, ‘ECB_IVF1’, ‘ECB_FVC1’ and ‘ECB_CBD1’ DSDs.

MIR data type. In the ‘ECB_MIR1’ DSD, this dimension distinguishes MFI interest rate statistics from those relating to the volumes of new business or outstanding amounts.

Securities data type. This dimension indicates the type of data contained within the securities issues statistics in the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD. Net issues are only provided if issues and redemptions cannot be separately identified.

Stock, flow. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, indicates the data type stock or flow of the data that is reported.

Reference area code for BIS-IFS. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, represents the area of residence of the reporting institutions.

CBS bank type. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, refers to the group of the corresponding reporting sector. For transmission to the ECB the code ‘4P’ should be used, namely, data should be reported only for domestic bank offices referring to CBD large banking groups.

CBS reporting basis. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, represents the recording basis of a claim or exposure.

CBS position type. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, represents the type of financial position recorded by the data.

CBS remaining maturity. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, represents the remaining maturity of the claims or exposures recorded.

CBS currency type of booking location. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, represents the currency type of the claims recorded.

CBS counterparty sector. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, is linked to the sectoral breakdown of the counterpart for the claims or exposures recorded.

CBS counterparty area. This dimension, which is ‘BIS_CBS’ specific, gives the country of residence of the counterpart of the relevant item.

Counterpart area. This dimension gives the area of residence of the counterpart of the relevant item.

Amount category. This dimension gives the category of the amount of new loans to non-financial corporations; new loans are also reported according to their size. It is only relevant for the ‘ECB_MIR1’ DSD.

Balance sheet counterpart sector. This dimension is linked to the sectoral breakdown of the counterpart of BSIs.

Counterpart sector. This dimension, defined in the ‘ECB_PSS1’ DSD, represents the sector breakdown of the type of beneficiary (counterpart) involved in the payment transaction.

Financial vehicle corporations originator sector. This dimension, defined in the ‘ECB_FVC1’ DSD, represents the sector of the transferor (originator) of the assets, or a pool of assets, and/or the credit risk of the asset or pool of assets to the securitisation structure.

Currency of transaction. This dimension describes the currency in which the securities are issued (for the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD), or in which the following are denominated: (a) the MFI balance sheet items (for the ‘ECB_BSI1’ DSD); (b) the structural financial indicators (for the ‘ECB_SSI1’ DSD); (c) the deposits and loans (for the ‘ECB_MIR1’ DSD); (d) the IF assets and liabilities (for the ‘ECB_IVF1’ DSD); (e) the payment transactions (for the ‘ECB_PSS1’ DSD); (f) the FVC assets and liabilities (for the ‘ECB_FVC1’ DSD); (g) the OFI balance sheet items (for the ‘ECB_OFI1’ DSD); and (h) the CBD items (for the ‘ECB_CBD1’ DSD).

Denomination of the series or special calculation. This dimension indicates the currency of denomination in which the observations within a time series are expressed, or specifies the underlying calculation.

Balance sheet suffix. This dimension, present in the ‘ECB_BSI1’ DSD, gives the currency of denomination in which the observations within a time series are expressed, or specifies the underlying calculation.

Series suffix in securities context. This dimension contains supplementary data types for derived series. It is only used for the ‘ECB_SEC1’ DSD.

Interest rates business coverage. This dimension, which is ‘ECB_MIR1’ DSD specific, indicates whether the MFI interest rates statistics refer to outstanding amounts or to a new business.
PART 4

Attributes

The sections below explain in detail the attributes associated with the exchanged data. Section 1 defines the attributes per DSD including their format and attachment level. Section 2 sets out the responsibility of the ESCB data exchange partners in the creation of attributes and their maintenance, as well as the status of the attributes. Sections 3, 4 and 5 focus on the content of the attributes sorted by attachment level, respectively the sibling, time series and observation level.

Section 1:   Coded and uncoded attributes defined in the ECB_BSI1, ECB_SSI1, ECB_MIR1, ECB_OFI1, ECB_SEC1, ECB_PSS1, ECB_IVF1, ECB_FVC1, ECB_CBD1 and BIS_CBS DSDs

In addition to the dimensions defining the series keys, a set of attributes is defined. The attributes are attached at various levels of the exchanged information: at sibling, time series or observation level. As illustrated below, they either take their value from pre-defined lists of codes or are uncoded, and are used to add textual explanations on relevant data aspects.
Attribute values are exchanged only when they are set for the first time and whenever they change with the exception of the mandatory attributes attached at observation level, which are attached to each observation and reported at every data transmission.
The table below provides information on the attributes defined for each DSD under consideration, on the level at which they are attached, their format and the name of the code lists from which coded attributes take their values.



















 


Data structure definition (DSD)


Statistical concept


Format (7)



Code list




BSI


SSI


MIR


OFI


SEC


PSS


IVF


FVC


CBD


CBS


ATTRIBUTES AT SIBLING LEVEL


 



(exchanged using the FNS group)





√


√


 


√


√


 


 


√


√


 


TITLE


Title


AN..70



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


UNIT


Unit


AN..12


CL_UNIT


Unit code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


UNIT_MULT


Unit multiplier


AN..2


CL_UNIT_MULT


Unit multiplier code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


DECIMALS


Decimals


N1


CL_DECIMALS


Decimals code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


TITLE_COMPL


Title complement


AN..1050



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


 


 


√


 


NAT_TITLE


National language title


AN..350



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


COMPILATION


Compilation


AN..1050



uncoded



 




 


√


√


√


√


 


 


 


√


√


COVERAGE


Coverage


AN..350



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


SOURCE_AGENCY


Source agency


AN3


CL_ORGANISATION


Organisation code list




 


 


 


 


 


√


 


 


 


 


METHOD_REF


Methodology reference


AN..1050



uncoded



 




BSI


SSI


MIR


OFI


SEC


PSS


IVF


FVC


CBD


CBS


ATTRIBUTES AT TIME SERIES LEVEL



(exchanged using the FNS group)





√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


COLLECTION


Collection indicator


AN1


CL_COLLECTION


Collection indicator code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


 


DOM_SER_IDS


Domestic series identifier


AN..70



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


 


 


√


√


BREAKS


Breaks


AN..350



uncoded



 




√


 


√


 


√


 


√


√


 


 


UNIT_INDEX_BASE


Unit index base


AN..35



uncoded



 




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


√


AVAILABILITY


Availability


AN1


CL_AVAILABILITY


Availability code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


 


 


 


PUBL_PUBLIC


Source publication


AN..1050



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


 


 


PUBL_MU


Source publication (euro area only)


AN..1050



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


 


 


 


 


PUBL_ECB


Source publication (ECB only)


AN..1050



uncoded



 




BSI


SSI


MIR


OFI


SEC


PSS


IVF


FVC


CBD


CBS


ATTRIBUTES AT OBSERVATION LEVEL



(exchanged together with the data in the main ARR segment except for OBS_COM which is exchanged within the FNS group)





√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


OBS_STATUS


Observation status


AN1


CL_OBS_STATUS


Observation status code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


OBS_CONF


Observation confidentiality


AN1


CL_OBS_CONF


Observation confidentiality code list




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


OBS_PRE_BREAK


Pre-break observation value


AN..15



uncoded



 




√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


√


OBS_COM


Observation comment


AN..1050



uncoded



 





Section 2:   Common attributes properties for the ECB_BSI1, ECB_SSI1, ECB_MIR1, ECB_OFI1, ECB_SEC1, ECB_PSS1, ECB_IVF1, ECB_FVC1, ECB_CBD1 and BIS_CBS DSDs: NCBs reporting to the ECB (3)

Each attribute is characterised by certain technical properties, which are listed in the table below.








 


Status


First value set, stored and disseminated by… (8)



Modifiable by NCBs




TITLE_COMPL


M


ECB


No (*1)





NAT_TITLE


C


NCB


Yes




COMPILATION


C


NCB


Yes (*2)





COVERAGE


C


NCB


Yes (*2)





METHOD_REF


M


NCB


Yes




DOM_SER_IDS (9)



C


NCB


Yes




BREAKS


C


NCB


Yes




OBS_STATUS


M


NCB


Yes




OBS_CONF


C


NCB


Yes




OBS_PRE_BREAK


C


NCB


Yes




OBS_COM


C


NCB


Yes










(3)


All attributes specified in the table in Section 1, which are set by the ECB, are not covered in this table.




M: 
mandatory,
C: 
conditional




The definition of a set of attributes to be exchanged together with the data allows for additional information on the time series exchanged to be provided. Details of the information provided by the attributes for the ECB statistical datasets under consideration are reported below.

Section 3:   Attributes at sibling level


Mandatory


TITLE_COMPL (title complement). This attribute allows a larger number of characters than the attribute TITLE and for this reason replaces TITLE as the mandatory attribute to store the title of the series.

UNIT (unit)







BSI


For euro area Member States: EUR




SSI


For euro area Member States: EUR
For series reported as absolute values and for indices: PURE_NUMB
For series reported as percentages: PCT




OFI


For euro area Member States: EUR




MIR


For business volumes: EUR
For interest rates: PCPA




SEC


For euro area Member States: EUR




PSS


For series on original units (Table 5 of Part 16 of Annex II), number of transactions (Tables 3, 4, 6 and 7 Part 16 of Annex II) and series on concentration ratios (Table 6 of Part 16 of Annex II): PURE_NUMB
For series on value of transactions (Tables 3, 4, 6 and 7 of Part 16 of Annex II): EUR




IVF


For euro area Member States: EUR




FVC


For euro area Member States: EUR




CBD


For euro area Member States: EUR or PURE_NUMB (where no currency denomination is relevant)




CBS


For the data reported by all countries in US dollars: USD; for the data for which no currency denomination is relevant: PURE_NUMB.








UNIT_MULT (unit multiplier)







BSI


6 




SSI


0 




OFI


6 




MIR (10)



For business volumes: 6
For interest rates: 0




SEC


6 




PSS


For series on original units except series on transactions (Table 5 of Part 16 of Annex II): 0
For series on transactions (Tables 3, 4, 6, and 7 of Part 16 of Annex II, except concentration ratios): 6
For series on concentration ratios (Table 6 of Part 16 of Annex II): 0




IVF


6 




FVC


6 




CBD


3 




CBS


6 








DECIMALS (decimals)







BSI


0 




SSI


For absolute values: 0
For index series and percentages: 4




OFI


0 




MIR


For business volumes: 0
For interest rates: 4




SEC


0 




PSS


Series on original units, except on transactions and concentration ratios (Table 5 of Part 16 of Annex II): 0
Series on transactions and concentration ratios (Tables 3, 4, 6, and 7 of Part 16 of Annex II): 3




IVF


0 




FVC


0 




CBD


0 




CBS


0 





METHOD_REF (methodology reference). This attribute is only used for the PSS dataset and indicates whether, for each time series or for part of it, the 2005 ‘enhanced’ definition or a previous definition is used. Two values are defined:






PSS


The ‘enhanced’ definitions implemented in the year 2005 are used: ‘2005’.
Definitions implemented in previous years (2004 or earlier) are used: ‘Previous’.




The attribute should also indicate the period for which each definition applies. For example ‘2005 definitions for the whole series’, ‘2005 definitions as from data referring to 2003, previous definitions for the rest’, or ‘previous definitions up to data referring to 2004’.

Conditional


TITLE (title). NCBs may use the TITLE attribute for the construction of short titles.

NAT_TITLE (national language title). NCBs may use the NAT_TITLE attribute to provide a precise description and other supplementary or distinguishing specifications in their national language. Although the use of upper and lower case letters does not cause problems, NCBs are asked to limit themselves to the Latin-1 character set. In general, the exchange of accented characters and extended alphanumeric symbols needs to be tested before regular use.

COMPILATION (compilation). For the BSI, IVF, FVC and MIR datasets this attribute may be used for further textual explanation of the compilation methods, weighting schemes and statistical procedures used to compile the underlying series, particularly if they diverge from the ECB rules and standards. In general, the structure of the required national explanatory notes is the following:






—


data sources/data collection system,










—


compilation procedures (including description of estimates/assumptions made),










—


deviations from the ECB’s reporting instructions (geographical/sectoral classification and/or valuation methods),










—


information relating to the national legal framework.




For the SSI dataset, the attribute ‘compilation’ includes information on links to the Union regulatory framework for intermediaries other than credit institutions.
For the OFI dataset, a detailed description of the information to be included under this attribute is provided in points 1-5 of the national explanatory notes (see Part 11 of Annex II).
Similarly, for the SEC dataset, a detailed description of the information to be included under this attribute is provided in points 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of the national explanatory notes (see Part 12 of Annex II).

COVERAGE (coverage)








Information on


Notes




SSI








—


coverage of different categories of intermediaries










—


type of intermediary for the different indicators












—


whether estimation was used in the case of partial coverage










—


indication of grossing up (if any)








OFI








—


coverage of total assets/liabilities series










—


type of OFIs covered in the main categories












—


whether estimation was used in the case of partial coverage










—


indication of grossing up (if any)










—


refer also to Part 11 of Annex II (see national explanatory notes, point 6)








MIR








—


stratification criteria, selection procedure (equal probability/probability proportional to size/selection of biggest institutions) in the case of sampling






 




SEC








—


classification of issues












—


refer also to Part 12 of Annex II (Section 2 (point 4) and Section 3 (point 6))








CBD








—


description of the reporting population












—


whether particular institutions were excluded from the collection










—


the reasons for the exclusion









SOURCE_AGENCY (source agency). This attribute will be set by the ECB to a value representing the name of the NCB providing the data.

Section 4:   Attributes at time series level


Mandatory


COLLECTION (collection indicator). This attribute provides information on the period or the point in time at which a time series is measured (e.g. beginning, middle or end of period) or an indication of whether data are averages.






BSI


For outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For flows series: sum of observations throughout the period (S)




SSI


End-of-period (E)




OFI


For outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For flows series: sum of observations throughout the period (S)




MIR


For interest rates on outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For interest rates on new business: average of observations through the period (A)
For business volumes on outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For new business volumes: sum of (grossed up) observations through the period (S)




SEC:


For outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For flows series: sum of observations through the period (S)




PSS


For number of participants and concentration ratios (Tables 5 and 6 of Part 16 of Annex II): end-of-period (E)
For transactions except concentration ratios (Tables 3, 4, 6 and 7 of Part 16 of Annex II): sum of observations through the period (S)




IVF


For outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For flows series: sum of observations through the period (S)




FVC


For outstanding amounts: end-of-period (E)
For flows series: sum of observations through the period (S)




CBD


end-of-period (E)




CBS


end-of-period (E)





Conditional


DOM_SER_IDS (domestic series identifier). This attribute makes it possible to refer to the code used in national databases to identify the corresponding series (formulae using national reference codes can also be specified).

UNIT_INDEX_BASE (unit index base). This attribute is mandatory when associated to a series key that expresses an index. It indicates the base reference and the base value for the indices and is only used for the series of the index of notional stocks derived by the ECB and disseminated to the ESCB.

BREAKS (breaks). This attribute provides a description of breaks and major changes over time in the collection, reporting coverage and compilation of the series. In the case of breaks, state the extent to which old and new data may be considered comparable, where possible.

PUBL_PUBLIC, PUBL_MU, PUBL_ECB (source publication, source publication (euro area only), source publication (ECB only)). These attributes will be set by the ECB if the data are published in ECB publications, in either ECB public or ECB confidential publications. They give a reference (i.e. publications, items, etc.) to published data.

Section 5:   Attributes at observation level

If an NCB wishes to revise an attribute assigned at the observation level, the relevant observation(s) must be re-submitted at the same time. If an NCB revises an observation without also providing the relevant attribute value, the existing values will be replaced by the default values.

Mandatory


OBS_STATUS (observation status). NCBs report an observation status value attached to each exchanged observation. This attribute is mandatory and must be provided with every data transmission for each individual observation. When NCBs revise the value of this attribute, both the observation value (even if unchanged) and the new observation status flag should be retransmitted.
The list below specifies the expected values for this attribute, according to the agreed hierarchy, for the purpose of these statistics:







‘A’


=


normal value (default for non-missing observations),




‘B’


=


break value for the following datasets: SSI, MIRCBD and PSS (11),




‘M’


=


missing value, data do not exist,




‘L’


=


missing value, data exist but were not collected,




‘E’


=


estimated value (12),




‘P’


=


provisional value (this value can be used, in each data transmission, with reference to the last available observation, if this is considered provisional).




In normal circumstances, numeric values should be reported with the observation status ‘A’ (normal value) attached. Otherwise, a value different from ‘A’ is given in accordance with the list above. If an observation is qualified by two characteristics, the most important is reported, in accordance with the hierarchy shown above.
In each data transmission, the most recent available observations can be reported as provisional, and flagged with the observation status value ‘P’. These observations take definite values and are reported with the observation status flag ‘A’ at a later stage when the new revised values and observation status flags overwrite the provisional ones.
Missing values (‘—’) are reported when it is not possible to report a numeric value (e.g. owing to non-existent data or because data are not collected). A missing observation should never be reported as a ‘zero’, since zero is a normal numeric value that indicates a precise and valid amount. If NCBs are unable to identify the reason for a missing value, or if they cannot use the whole range of values presented in the CL_OBS_STATUS code list for reporting missing observations (‘L’ or ‘M’), the value ‘M’ should be used.
When, due to local statistical conditions, data for a time series are not collected either on specific dates or for the total length of the time series (the underlying economic phenomenon exists, but is not monitored statistically), a missing value is reported (‘—’) with observation status ‘L’ for each period.
When, due to local market practices or to the legal/economic framework, a time series (or part of it) is not applicable (the underlying phenomenon does not exist), a missing value is reported (‘—’) with observation status ‘M’.

Conditional


OBS_CONF (observation confidentiality). NCBs report an observation confidentiality value attached to each exchanged observation. While this attribute is defined as conditional in the ECB structural definition file, it should be provided at every data transmission for each individual observation, as each confidential observation must be appropriately flagged. When NCBs revise the value of this attribute, both the associated observation value and the observation status flag (even if unchanged) should be retransmitted.
The list below specifies the expected values for this attribute for the purpose of these statistics:







‘F’


=


free for publication,




‘N’


=


not for publication, restricted to internal use only,




‘C’


=


confidential statistical information in the sense of Article 8 of Regulation (EC) No 2533/98,




‘S’


=


secondary confidentiality set and managed by the receiver, not for publication,




‘D’


=


secondary confidentiality set by the sender, not for publication. This code can be used by the NCBs that already differentiate between primary and secondary confidentiality in their reporting systems. If not, the reporting NCB must use 'C' for flagging the secondary confidentiality.





OBS_PRE_BREAK (pre-break observation value). This attribute contains the pre-break observation value, which is a numeric field like the observation (13). In general, it is provided when a break occurs; in this case the observation status must be set to ‘B’ (break value).
For the purpose of the BSI, IVF, FVC and OFI datasets, this attribute is not requested since this information is already available from the reclassification series. It has been added to the list of attributes since it is part of the common sub-set of attributes for all datasets.

OBS_COM (observation comment). This attribute can be used to provide textual comments at the observation level (e.g. describing the estimate made for a specific observation due to lack of data, explaining the reason for a possible abnormal observation or giving details of a change in the reported time series).


(1)  Current data exchanges take place using the SDMX-EDI format, also known as Gesmes/TS.

(2)  Previously known as key families.

(3)  www.circabc.europa.eu.

(4)  The code structure and DSD of the International Consolidated Banking Statistics are common to all reporting countries and should be the same as those that are used to report the corresponding data to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) (www.bis.org/statistics/dsd_cbs.pdf).

(5)  This indicates the number of letters/digits allowed for each element of the code lists (e.g. AN..7 means an alpha-numeric string up to 7 characters long, AN1 means one alpha-numeric character).

(6)  For NCBs, the country of residence of the issuing sector is the NCB’s country of residence.

(7)  This indicates the number of letters/digits allowed for the transmission of each attribute (e.g. AN..1050 means an alphanumeric string up to 1050 characters long, AN1 means one alpha-numeric character, N1 means 1 digit).

(*1)  If an NCB would like to make a modification it consults with the ECB, which will then implement the change.

(*2)  Changes are communicated to the responsible ECB business area by e-mail.

(8)  ECB refers here to the ECB Directorate General Statistics.

(9)  The ECB recommends that the NCBs deliver these values to ensure more transparent communication.

(10)  Interest rate data are submitted as percentages.

(11)  If OBS_STATUS is reported as ‘B’ a value has to be reported under the attribute OBS_PRE_BREAK.

(12)  The observation status ‘E’ is to be used for all observations or periods of data that are the result of estimates and cannot be considered as normal values.

(13)  The four objects observation value plus OBS_STATUS, OBS_CONF and OBS_PRE_BREAK are treated as one entity. This means that NCBs are obliged to send all complementary information for an observation. (When attributes are not reported, their previous values are overwritten by default values.)





ANNEX IV

DERIVATION OF TRANSACTIONS IN THE CONTEXT OF MONETARY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS’ BALANCE SHEET ITEMS, INVESTMENT FUNDS AND FINANCIAL VEHICLE CORPORATIONS STATISTICS

PART 1

General description of the procedure for deriving transactions


Section 1:   Framework









1.


The framework for deriving transactions for monetary financial institutions (MFI) balance sheet items (BSI), investment funds (IF) and financial vehicle corporations (FVC) assets and liabilities statistics is based on the European system of accounts (hereinafter the ‘ESA 2010’). Deviations from this international standard are made concerning both the data content and statistical concept denominations, where necessary. This Annex is interpreted in accordance with the ESA 2010, unless Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40), or this Guideline, explicitly or implicitly override its provisions.












2.


In accordance with the ESA 2010, financial transactions are defined as the net acquisition of financial assets or the net incurrence of liabilities for each type of financial instrument, i.e. the sum of all financial transactions that occur during the relevant reporting period (1). Transactions covering each item specified in Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) and Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40) are calculated on a net basis, i.e. there is no requirement to identify gross financial transactions or turnover (2). The method of valuation for each transaction is to take the value at which assets are acquired/disposed of and/or liabilities are created, liquidated or exchanged. Nevertheless, deviations from the ESA 2010 are permitted.












3.


This Annex reviews the methodology for deriving transactions in the context of BSI, IF and FVC statistics. This part focuses on the calculation of transactions data at the European Central Bank (ECB) and the reporting of the underlying information by NCBs, while Part 2 focuses on the concepts of flow adjustments. Parts 3, 4 and 5 then provide specific information relating to the compilation frameworks for BSI, IF and FVC statistics respectively.
Further details and numerical examples are provided in the manuals on these statistics published on the ECB’s website.





Section 2:   Calculation of transactions data by the ECB and reporting from the NCBs to the ECB

1.   Introduction









1.


For BSI and IF statistics, the ECB calculates transactions by taking, for each asset and liability item, the difference between stock positions at end-period reporting dates and then removing the effect of developments that are not the result of transactions, i.e. ‘other changes’. ‘Other changes’ are grouped into two main categories ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ and ‘revaluation adjustments’, with the latter covering revaluations due to changes in both prices and exchange rates (3). National central banks (NCBs) report ‘reclassification and other adjustments’ and ‘revaluation adjustments’ to the ECB so that these non-transaction effects can be removed in the calculation of flow statistics.
In the case of BSI statistics, NCBs report adjustment data to the ECB in accordance with Part 1 of Annex II. The ‘revaluation adjustments’ reported by the NCBs consist of write-offs/write-downs of loans and revaluation adjustments due to price changes. Revaluation adjustments due to changes in exchange rates are normally calculated by the ECB, but when NCBs are in a position to compile more accurate adjustments, they may also transmit these adjustments to the ECB directly (4).
In the case of IF statistics, NCBs report adjustment data to the ECB in accordance with Part 17 of Annex II. The ‘revaluations adjustments’ reported by the NCBs consist of revaluation adjustments due to price and exchange rate changes.












2.


In the context of FVC statistics, transactions are reported directly by NCBs to the ECB, rather than the flow adjustments. The calculation of the transactions (either directly by reporting agents, or by NCBs) should be consistent with the general approach to reclassifications and other adjustments and revaluations provided in this Annex.




2.   Reclassifications and other adjustments









1.


NCBs compile data on ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’, as requested by this Guideline, using supervisory information, plausibility checks, ad hoc enquiries (e.g. related to outliers), national statistical requirements, information on joiners and leavers of the reporting population and any other source available to them. The ECB is not expected to make ex post adjustments unless the NCBs identify sharp changes in the final data.












2.


NCBs identify changes in stocks that are due to reclassifications and enter the net amount identified under ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’. A net increase in stocks due to reclassifications is entered with a positive sign, a net decrease in stocks with a negative sign.












3.


In principle, the NCBs fulfil all requirements relating to ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ specified in this Guideline. As a minimum, the NCBs send all ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ above EUR 50 million. This threshold is intended to help the NCBs decide whether to make an adjustment or not. However, when information is not readily available or of poor quality, a decision can be made either to do nothing or to make estimates. For this reason, flexibility is needed in the operation of such a threshold, not least because of the heterogeneity of existing procedures for calculating adjustments. For example, where relatively detailed information is collected regardless of the threshold, it may be counterproductive to try to apply such a threshold.




3.   Revaluation adjustments









1.


In order to fulfil the requirements relating to ‘revaluation adjustments’ specified in this Guideline, NCBs may need to calculate the adjustments from transactions, security-by-security data or other data reported by the reporting population and/or estimate the adjustments in respect of some of the breakdowns not reported by the reporting population because they are not considered as ‘minimum requirements’.












2.


The ‘revaluation adjustments’ are normally compiled by NCBs on the basis of data directly reported by the reporting population. NCBs, however, may also cover these reporting requirements indirectly (e.g. by collecting data on transactions directly) and in any case are permitted to collect additional data from reporting agents. Whichever approach is used at national level, the NCBs are required to submit a full set of data to the ECB in accordance with Part 1 of Annex II for BSI statistics and Part 17 of Annex II for IF statistics.




PART 2

The flow adjustments in general


Section 1:   Reclassifications and other adjustments


                  ‘Reclassifications and other adjustments’ comprise any change in the balance sheet of the reference sector that arises as a result of changes in the composition and structure of the reporting population, changes in the classification of financial instruments and counterparties, changes in statistical definitions and the (partial) correction of reporting errors, all of which gives rise to breaks in the series, and hence affect the comparability of two successive end-of-period stocks. Euro area enlargements can be viewed as a special case of ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’.
1.   Changes in the composition of the reporting sector









1.


Changes in the composition of the reporting sector may give rise to the transfer of business across economic sector boundaries. Such transfers do not represent transactions and are therefore treated as an adjustment in ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’.












2.


An institution that joins the reporting sector may transfer business into the sector, whereas an institution leaving it may transfer business out of the sector. However, to the extent that the joining institution starts its business ex novo after having joined the reporting sector, this represents a financial transaction that is not removed from statistical data (5). Similarly, where a leaving institution decreases its activities prior to leaving the reporting sector, this is captured as a transaction in the statistical data.












3.


The net effect of the joiners or leavers on the aggregated assets and liabilities of the reporting sector is calculated by aggregating the first assets and liabilities reported by new entrants and the last assets and liabilities reported by the leavers and, for each item, taking the difference between the two. This net figure is entered under ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’. In certain circumstances there can be an effect on the counterparties’ reporting, so this effect must also be included in the adjustments, in this case as a change in sector. For instance, if an MFI surrenders its authorisation but continues to operate as an other financial intermediary (OFI) funded through the interbank market, then there is an artificial rise in MFI lending to OFIs, which requires an adjustment (covered by ‘changes in the classification counterparties’).




2.   Changes in the structure of the reporting sector









1.


Changes in the structure of the reporting sector arise in the context of intra-group reorganisations or mergers, acquisitions and divisions. These corporate restructuring operations typically lead to changes in the valuation of financial assets and liabilities; revaluation adjustments are entered to reflect these changes and thus allow transactions to be correctly derived. Moreover, the operations often give rise to the transfer of financial assets and liabilities from the balance sheet of one institutional unit to another (change in ownership). The boundary for treating transfers of assets as transactions is defined by the existence of two separate institutional units which act by mutual agreement. If, however, the transfers occur as a result of the creation or disappearance of an institutional unit, they should be treated as ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’. In particular, if a merger or acquisition leads to the disappearance of one or more institutional units, all cross-positions that existed between the merging institutions and that are netted at the time when the units cease to exist disappear from the system and reclassification adjustments must be reported accordingly. Corporate divisions are treated symmetrically.












2.


A more thorough analysis of changes in the structure of the reporting sector arising in the context of corporate restructuring and detailed numerical examples may be found in guidance material provided by the ECB, e.g. the ‘Manual on MFI balance sheet statistics’ and the ‘Manual on investment fund statistics’.




3.   Other cases of ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’
                              









1.


Changes in the sector classification or residence of customers give rise to a reclassification of assets/liabilities vis-à-vis these counterparties. Such changes in classification occur for a number of reasons, e.g. because a governmental entity changes economic sector after privatisation, or because mergers/divisions alter the principal activity of corporations. Similarly, the instrument classification of assets and liabilities can change, for instance when loans become negotiable and are accordingly regarded as debt securities for statistical purposes. As these reclassifications result in changes in the reported stock positions but do not represent a transaction, an adjustment must be introduced to remove their impact from the statistics.












2.


Within the limits defined by the revision policy, NCBs correct reporting errors in the stock data as soon as the errors are identified. Ideally, the corrections entirely remove the error from the data, especially where the error affects a single period or a limited time range. In these circumstances, no break in series occurs. However, where the error affects historical data and no correction of past data is made or is made only for a limited time range, then a break occurs between the first period with the corrected figure and the last period containing the incorrect figure. In this case, NCBs identify the size of the break that occurs and enter an adjustment under ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’. Similar practices apply to the implementation of changes of statistical definitions affecting reported data, as well as to correcting for breaks that may be due to the introduction, change or abandonment of grossing-up methods.





Section 2:   Revaluation adjustments

1.   Write-offs/write-downs of loans

The adjustment for ‘write-offs/write-downs’ refers to the impact of changes in the value of loans recorded on the balance sheet that are caused by the application of write-offs/write-downs of loans. This adjustment also reflects the changes in the level of loan loss provisions, for instance if the outstanding stocks are recorded net of provisions pursuant to Article 8(4) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Losses recognised at the time the loans are sold or transferred to a third party are also included, where identifiable.
2.   Revaluation adjustments due to changes in prices









1.


The adjustment of the price revaluation of assets and liabilities refers to fluctuations in the valuation of assets and liabilities that arise because of a change in the price at which assets and liabilities are recorded or traded. The adjustment includes the changes that occur over time in the value of end-period stocks because of changes in the reference value at which assets and liabilities are recorded, i.e. holding gains/losses. It may also contain valuation changes that arise from transactions in assets/liabilities, i.e. realised gains/losses; however, there are divergent national practices in this respect.












2.


The nature and extent of ‘revaluation adjustments’ are determined by the adopted method of valuation. Although it is recommended that both sides of the balance sheet are recorded at market value in practice a variety of different valuation methods may be employed on both the liabilities and the assets sides.





Section 3:   Revaluation adjustments due to exchange rate changes









1.


For the purpose of submitting statistical data to the ECB, the NCBs ensure that asset and liability positions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into euro at market exchange rates prevailing on the day to which the data relate. ECB reference exchange rates should be used (6).












2.


Movements in exchange rates against the euro that occur between end-period reporting dates give rise to changes in the value of foreign currency assets and liabilities when expressed in euro. As these changes represent holding gains/losses and are not financial transactions, the valuation effects need to be identified so that they can be excluded from transactions. Revaluation adjustments due to exchange rate changes may also contain valuation changes that arise from transactions in assets/liabilities, i.e. realised gains/losses; however, there are divergent national practices in this respect.




PART 3

Flow adjustments: special features in BSI statistics


Section 1:   Introduction









1.


In the case of BSI statistics, each NCB submits separate adjustment data covering its own balance sheet and the other MFIs’ balance sheet. Adjustments to the ECB balance sheet are also internally compiled by the ECB Directorate Internal Finance. The NCBs submit adjustments for all items on the MFIs balance sheet in accordance with the frequency indicated in Article 3(2) of this Guideline. In this process, NCBs may need to calculate and/or estimate adjustments for some of the breakdowns not reported by the MFIs because they are not considered ‘minimum requirements’ in Table 1A of Part 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). Part 1 of Annex II of this Guideline indicates whether only ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ or also ‘revaluation adjustments’ need to be submitted to the ECB.
The adjustments for movements in exchange rates are calculated by the ECB. For this reason, adjustments provided by the NCBs in respect of balances denominated in foreign currencies exclude the effect of changes due to the exchange rate. The ECB calculates exchange rate adjustments using currency proportions derived from the breakdown of assets and liabilities into major currencies that are available in Table 4 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33). The detailed method used by the ECB to calculate exchange rate adjustments is provided in its ‘Manual on MFI balance sheet statistics’. When NCBs are in a position to compile more accurate adjustments, they may also transmit these adjustments to the ECB.












2.


Flow adjustments are subject to the same double-entry accounting system as stocks. In all cases, adjustments have a counterpart which, in many cases, is likely to be ‘capital and reserves’ or ‘remaining liabilities’, depending on the operation or the national accounting rules.












3.


In the context of the BSI statistics compilation framework, financial transactions should generally be measured at the transaction value, which may not necessarily be the same as the price listed in the market or the fair value of the asset at the time of the transaction. The transaction value does not include service charges, fees, commissions, or similar payments for services provided in carrying out the transaction.












4.


Interest on deposits, loans and debt securities issued and held should be recorded on an accrual basis, but should never be recorded as a transaction with the instrument concerned. For loans and deposits this is guaranteed by the requirement specified in Part 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) to record accrued interest on these instruments in ‘remaining assets’ and ‘remaining liabilities’. The Regulation, however, contains no rule on the treatment of accrued interest on debt securities issued or held by MFIs. In fact, accrued interest is often intrinsic to market prices and difficult to disentangle from the accounting price as it is reported in the statistical balance sheet. In the interest of coherent and cross-country comparable data, the following rule should be applied:






(a)


if accrued interest is intrinsic to the accounting price as it is reported in the statistical balance sheet, it should be subject to a revaluation adjustment;










(b)


if accrued interest is excluded from the stock value of the securities to which it relates in the statistical balance sheet, it is classified under ‘remaining assets’ or ‘remaining liabilities’, and not treated as a revaluation adjustment.




This suggested treatment is also reflected in the reporting requirements laid down in this Guideline (see Section 3 of Part 4 of Annex II) (7).





Section 2:   Revaluation adjustments

1.   Write-offs/write-downs









1.


NCBs report to the ECB data on loans write-offs/write-downs in accordance with Part 1 of Annex II. NCBs are expected to fulfil the requirements on the basis of data reported by MFIs. In particular, NCBs collect, as a minimum, the mandatory requirements specified in Table 1A of Part 4 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33), but may also collect additional data not covered by such minimum requirements. In order to provide a full report to the ECB, NCBs are expected to allocate the adjustments taking into account the accounting rules regarding bad loans (8) and the relative credit risk of each sector. Where there is insufficient information to allocate the adjustment, it may be broken down into Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) categories on a pro rata basis determined by the size of the stock positions.












2.


Write-downs that occur at the time when a loan is securitised (or otherwise transferred) and write-offs/write-downs on serviced loans are reported to the ECB on a best efforts basis in accordance with Table 3 of Part 1 of Annex II (9).




2.   Revaluation adjustments due to changes in prices of securities









1.


Price revaluations affect only a limited range of balance sheet items: on the liabilities side, the item ‘debt securities issued’ and, on the assets side, ‘debt securities held’, ‘equity’ and ‘investment fund shares/units’. In turn their counterparts are allocated mainly to ‘capital and reserves’ and ‘remaining liabilities’. Deposits and loans have fixed nominal values and are therefore not subject to price changes. See the ECB’s ‘Manual on MFI balance sheet statistics’ for a detailed description of the linkages between price revaluations and their counterpart entries.












2.


On the liabilities side, revaluations for changes in prices of debt securities issued remain outside the ‘minimum requirements’ set out in Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) and are thus not mandatory. On the assets side, the minimum requirements for price revaluations on debt securities held cover only the maturity bracket ‘over two years’; if no other information is available, it can be assumed that they equal the total amount of price revaluation adjustments in respect of holdings of debt securities issued by each relevant sector.












3.


The size and content of the revaluation adjustments on holdings of securities depends on the valuation method used in the compilation of the statistical balance sheet. For the purpose of the collection of these data, NCBs can approach reporting agents in two ways. One approach is to let MFIs report revaluation adjustments which are then aggregated and transmitted to the ECB. Alternatively, NCBs can require reporting agents to report directly observed transactions, from which NCBs derive revaluation adjustments to be transmitted (on an aggregated basis) to the ECB. The ‘Manual on MFI balance sheet statistics’ provides an in-depth methodological description of the two approaches and the corresponding admitted compilation methods.












4.


NCBs may also collect the required statistical information on securities (e.g. carrying value on the balance sheet, market value, sales and purchases) on a security-by-security basis, and derive the aggregated statistical information (including data on price revaluation adjustments) in accordance with the minimum standards specified in Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).












5.


In principle, NCBs are restricted to the above methods. However, other methods can also be used if they are shown to be capable of delivering data of comparable quality.





Section 3:   Monthly flow adjustments — special adaptations

1.   ECB/NCB balance sheet statistics









1.


The requirements for the ECB/NCBs have been slightly modified compared to the requirements of other MFIs to reflect the activities of the ECB/NCBs. Certain items have been removed, i.e. no data are required on the breakdown of repos or deposits with periods of notice. Other items have been added, i.e. on the liabilities side, ‘counterpart of SDRs’ and, on the assets side, ‘gold and gold receivables’ and ‘receivables from drawing rights, SDRs, other’, as stocks for these items are also required under this Guideline. The ECB/NCBs submit adjustment data for each of these items.












2.


The ECB/NCBs submit adjustments in accordance with the procedures outlined above. However, some modifications can be identified:






—


reclassifications and other adjustments: not all sources of the adjustments are relevant; e.g. ‘changes in the composition of the reporting sector’ are not applicable. In derogation from the general guidance, a lower threshold of EUR 5 million is set in this case to guarantee the accuracy of flows in NCB balance sheets,










—


revaluation adjustments due to changes in prices and exchange rates: the general provisions apply except as regards the ECB, which is allowed to report directly the exchange rate adjustments based on accounting data.








2.   Money market funds









1.


The NCBs include adjustments data on money market funds (MMFs) when fulfilling their reporting obligations in respect of ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’ and ‘revaluation adjustments’. These adjustments are also reported separately for MMFs in accordance with the dedicated quarterly reporting scheme.












2.


Article 9(3) of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) provides that NCBs may grant derogations to some or all MMFs in respect of the reporting of revaluation adjustments. In these cases, NCBs are nevertheless expected to provide information on a best efforts basis, especially when the amounts involved are significant.












3.


The calculation of price revaluation adjustments on MMF assets follows the common procedure applicable to all MFIs. On the liabilities side, positive changes in the value of MMF shares/units have traditionally been considered as transactions, in parallel to the payment (as opposed to the accrual) of interest on deposits, implying that the counterpart of the revaluations on the assets side would not be ‘money market fund shares/units’ but ‘remaining liabilities’. However, with respect to cases where MMF shares/units decline in price as a result of losses on the fund’s assets, this cannot be compared to interest payments. Against this background, Table 1A of Part 4 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) includes requirements on price revaluations for MMF shares/units; NCBs are required to use this item to balance the price revaluations on the assets side, when relevant. The allocation should be performed in such a way as to only cover the actual price revaluations that are reflected as changes in the value of MMF shares/units.




3.   General government liabilities (and assets)

Stock data are collected for deposit liabilities and assets of the general government. For the purpose of compiling transactions, adjustments data are, in principle, also supplied in accordance with the requirements established for MFI balance sheet statistics. In practice, changes other than transactions, i.e. due to exchange rate or market price changes, are unlikely to occur. These data are reported as indicated in Part 3 of Annex II.
4.   Memorandum items

Stock data for the breakdown of debt securities issued by MFIs according to the residency of the holder are collected for the calculation of monetary aggregates. In order to derive transactions, reclassification adjustments, exchange rate adjustments and revaluation adjustments are calculated for these memorandum items. These data are reported as indicated in Part 4 of Annex II.

Section 4:   Calculation of flow adjustments on quarterly reporting requirements









1.


The procedure for calculating quarterly transactions for the balance sheet items of Table 2 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) is similar to that applied for deriving monthly transactions for the balance sheet items of Table 1 of Part 2 of Annex I to that Regulation. Flow adjustments are calculated in accordance with the following principles:






(a)


When an adjustment is submitted for Table 1, it may affect the breakdown items contained in Table 2. Consistency should be ensured between the two sets of data, i.e. the sum of the monthly adjustments must equal the quarterly adjustment. If a threshold is established for the quarterly adjustments, or the quarterly adjustments cannot be identified in full or to the same level of detail as the monthly adjustment, the adjustment is calculated so as to avoid discrepancies with the adjustment reported for the monthly data.










(b)


As regards ‘price revaluation of securities’, inconsistencies between monthly and quarterly data may arise depending on the approach which is followed to derive the adjustments. The ‘Manual on MFI balance sheet statistics’ provides detailed guidance on the procedure to be put in place in those cases to ensure consistency between monthly and quarterly adjustments.










(c)


Adjustments may be needed for the quarterly tables even if no adjustment is reported in Table 1. This is the case when a reclassification takes place at the quarterly level of detail but is cancelled out at the more aggregated monthly level. It may also apply to ‘revaluation adjustments’ when the different components of a monthly item move in different directions. Consistency is also ensured between monthly and quarterly data in these cases.




The same principles are applied for the derivation of flow adjustments for memorandum items collected under the requirements of Parts 3 and 4 of Annex II.












2.


The extent to which NCBs supply adjustments for quarterly statistics depends on their ability to identify or estimate, to a reasonable degree of accuracy, the detailed sectoral/instrument classification of existing monthly adjustments. With respect to ‘reclassifications and other adjustments’, information is normally available. In particular, the NCBs typically have sufficiently detailed information to easily allocate large one-off adjustments (e.g. a reclassification due to a reporting error) to specific quarterly items. Likewise, quarterly adjustments due to changes in the reporting population do not imply difficulties for the NCBs. In respect of ‘revaluation adjustments’, write-offs and price revaluations are often more difficult to obtain due to the lack of the appropriate breakdowns in the original data sources. It is expected that the ‘revaluation adjustment’ is based, at least in part, on estimates. The provision of estimates is accompanied by explanatory notes on the method used (e.g. missing breakdowns are estimated on a pro rata basis by using stock data).




PART 4

Flow adjustments: special features in IF statistics


Section 1:   Introduction









1.


For IF statistics, NCBs submit revaluations adjustments, covering both revaluations due to price and exchange rate changes and reclassification adjustments for all items on the IF balance sheet, in accordance with the frequency indicated in Article 19. In this process, NCBs may need to calculate and/or estimate the adjustments to some of the breakdowns not reported by the IFs because they are not considered ‘minimum requirements’ in Table 3 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38).












2.


Flow adjustments are subject to the same double-entry accounting system as stocks. In all cases, adjustments have a counterpart which, in many cases, is likely to be ‘IF shares/units issued’ or ‘remaining liabilities’, depending on the operation or the local accounting rules.












3.


In principle, the following guidance is given for the transaction values of deposits/loans and securities. The transaction value of deposits/loans and securities excludes fees, etc. The transaction value of a deposit/loan excludes accrued interest that is receivable/payable but has not yet been received or paid. Instead, accrued interest on deposits/loans is recorded under ‘remaining assets’ or ‘remaining liabilities’, as appropriate.
Accrued interest on securities held and issued is included in the stock data on securities and in the transaction value.





Section 2:   Revaluation adjustments









1.


Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) allows flexibility in terms of the type of data needed to calculate the revaluation adjustments of assets and liabilities and the form in which these data are collected and compiled. The decision on the method is left to the NCBs.












2.


The following two options exist for deriving revaluation adjustments for securities collected on a security-by-security basis:






—


IFs report security-by-security information that allows NCBs to derive revaluation adjustments: IFs report to NCBs the information required by paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Table 2 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) on a security-by-security basis. This information permits NCBs to obtain accurate information on the ‘revaluation adjustments’ to be submitted to the ECB. When this option is followed, NCBs may derive the ‘revaluation adjustments’ in accordance with the common Eurosystem method, i.e. the ‘flow-derivation method’, as described in the IF manual accompanying the Regulation,










—


IFs directly report transactions on a security-by-security basis to the NCB: IFs report the cumulated amounts of purchases and sales of securities which have occurred during the reference period as set out in paragraphs 1 and 3 of Table 2 of Part 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) on a security-by-security basis. NCBs calculate the ‘revaluation adjustments’ by taking the difference between end-period stocks and removing the transactions, and submit the revaluation adjustments to the ECB in accordance with this Guideline.
















3.


For assets and liabilities other than securities or for those securities which are not collected on a security-by-security basis, the following two options exist for deriving revaluation adjustments:






—


IFs report aggregated adjustments: IFs report the adjustments applicable to each item, reflecting the valuation changes due to price and exchange rate changes (10). NCBs that choose this method aggregate the adjustments reported by IFs for the submission of data to the ECB,










—


IFs report aggregated transactions: IFs accumulate transactions during the month and transmit the value of purchases and sales to the NCB. NCBs that receive transactions data calculate the ‘revaluation adjustments’ as a residual from the difference between the stocks and the transactions, and submit the revaluation adjustment to the ECB in accordance with this Guideline.








PART 5

Flow adjustments: special features in FVC statistics


Section 1:   Introduction

For FVC statistics, NCBs submit transactions for all items on the FVC balance sheet in accordance with Article 20. FVC reporting agents provide the transactions as defined in Part 3 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40) directly to the relevant NCB or, alternatively, reporting agents may instead provide, with the agreement of the NCB, revaluation adjustments and other changes in volume which allow the NCB to derive transactions in accordance with the principles set out in this Annex.

Section 2:   Write-offs/write-downs









1.


NCBs report to the ECB data on write-offs/write-downs in securitised loans in accordance with Article 20. Write-offs/write-downs recognised at the time a loan is sold or transferred to a third party are also included, where identifiable.












2.


Instead of providing the data on write-offs/write-downs reporting agents may, in agreement with the relevant NCB, provide other information which allows the NCB to derive the required data on write-offs/write-downs.






(1)  This is in accordance with the ESA 2010 and other international statistical standards.

(2)  Nevertheless, in the case of IF statistics, Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38) requests separate reporting of new issuance and redemptions of IF shares/units during the reporting month.

(3)  The definition and classification of ‘other changes’ is largely consistent with the ESA 2010. ‘Reclassifications and other adjustments’ is broadly equivalent to ‘other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities’ (K.1-K.6, see paragraphs 6.03-25), whereas ‘revaluations’ may be transferred to ‘nominal holding gains and losses’ (K.7, see paragraphs 6.26-64). For BSI statistics, an important deviation concerns the inclusion of ‘loan write-offs’ within ‘revaluations’ (and specifically as revaluations due to changes in prices), whereas in the ESA 2010 they are generally regarded as ‘other changes in volume’ (paragraph 6.14) - with the exception of losses realised at the sale of loans; these losses, which equal the difference between the transaction price and the balance sheet carrying amount of the loans, should be recorded as a revaluation (paragraph 6.58). The inclusion of ‘loan write-offs’ within ‘revaluations’ also deviates from the international investment position (i.i.p.) rules. In the i.i.p. these are treated as ‘other adjustments’ and not as ‘price or exchange rate changes’. For IF statistics, loans ‘write-offs/write-downs’ are not requested.

(4)  The adjustments corresponding to the ECB’s own balance sheet are reported by the ECB Directorate General Administration.

(5)  This criterion applies in borderline cases. For example, the establishment of a new bank that takes over the operations previously carried out by a representative office on behalf of a non-resident bank gives rise to a transaction flow that is not removed from the statistical flow.

(6)  See the ECB’s press release of 8 July 1998
            ‘Setting-up of common market standards’, available on the ECB’s website at www.ecb.europa.eu

(7)  The treatment of accrued interest in MFI balance sheet statistics departs from the ESA 2010, which provides that ‘interest is recorded as accruing continuously over time to the creditor on the amount of principal outstanding’ and, specifically, as a transaction within the financial instrument to which is relates matching the transaction under interest income in the non-financial accounts (paragraph 5.43). In the balance of payments and i.i.p., accruals are recorded in the relevant instrument category.

(8)  These are loans in respect of which repayment is overdue or otherwise identified as being impaired, partially or totally, in accordance with the definition of default in Article 178 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.

(9)  Write-offs/write-downs on loans for which the MFI acts as a servicer may occur because the loans are still subject to on-balance-sheet recording, either on the individual accounts of the MFI or at group level, and the servicing data reported to the NCB is sourced from these. They may also occur when the servicer must state a reduced principal loan balance for impaired loans in order to be in compliance with the investor agreements.

(10)  In accordance with Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), NCBs either collect the data on revaluations due to price and exchange rate changes from IFs or, alternatively, they collect only the data on revaluations due to price changes and the necessary data which cover, at a minimum, a currency breakdown into British pounds, US dollars, Japanese yen and Swiss francs, in order to derive the revaluations due to exchange rate changes.





ANNEX V

LIST OF INSTITUTIONAL UNITS FOR STATISTICAL PURPOSES

PART 1

Mapping of Register of Institutions and Affiliates Database (RIAD) attribute list against specific data sets maintained for statistical purposes














Attribute name (1)



Relevant in the context of the list of




MFIs


IFs


FVCs


PSRIs (2)





Type


Update frequency


Type


Update frequency


Type


Update frequency


Type


Update frequency




‘Non-industry’ IDs


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


RIAD code







M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a











—


Nationals business register






E


d


E


q


E


q


O


a










—


EGR code






E


d


 


 


E


q


 


 










—


LEI (as available)







M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





‘Industry’ IDs


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


BIC






E


d


 


 


 


 


 


 










—


ISINs






E


d



M




q




M




q



 


 




Name



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Country of residence



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Address



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Area code



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Legal form


E


d


E


q


E


q


E


a




Flag Listed



M




d




M




q




M




q



O


a




Flag Supervised



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Reporting requirements


E


d


E


q


E


q


E


a




Type of licence



M




d




M




q




M




q



O


a




Capital variability


 


 



M




q



 


 


 


 




UCITS compliance


 


 



M




q



 


 


 


 




Legal set-up


 


 



M




q



 


 


 


 




Flag Sub-fund


 


 



M




q



 


 


 


 




Nature of securitisation


 


 


 


 



M




q



 


 




Flag E-money issuer — licence


 


 


 


 


 


 



M




a





Flag E-money issuer — business


 


 


 


 


 


 



M




a





Flag Payment service provider — licence


 


 


 


 


 


 



M




a





Flag Payment service provider — business


 


 


 


 


 


 



M




a





Flag Payment system operator


 


 


 


 


 


 



M




a





Comment


O


d


O


q


O


q


O


a




NACE code



M




d




M




q




M




q



E


a




Total employment


E


a


O


a


E


a


O


a




Total solo balance sheet (ECB Regulation)



M




a



E


a


E


a


 


 




Net assets, net asset value


E


a



M



a


 


 


 


 




ESA 2010



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Sub-sector type



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Birth date


O


d


O


q


O


q


O


a




Closure date



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Flag Activity status



M




d




M




q




M




q




M




a





Minimum reference data (1) requested for




Originator of FVC


 


 


 


 



M




q



 


 




Management company


 


 



M




q




M




q



 


 




Headquarter of branch



M




d



 


 


 


 


 


 




M (mandatory), E (encouraged), O (optional), blank (not applicable)
Frequency: a (annual), q (quarterly), m (monthly) d (daily/as soon as a change occurs).
Timeliness: for annual data is (if not specified elsewhere) one month following the reference date.




PART 2

Types of relationships between organisational units








 


Type


Update frequency











1.



Organisational relationships within an enterprise






 


 




Relationship between a legal unit(s) and an enterprise.


O


—











2.



Relationships within an enterprise group








Control relationship


E (3)



q




Ownership relationship


E (3)



q











3.



Other relationships








Link between an 'originator' and its FVC



M




q





Link between a 'management company' and its FVC/IF



M




q





Link between a 'non-resident branch' and its 'headquarter'



M




d





Link between a 'sub-fund' and an 'umbrella fund'



M




q





 




Link to predecessor/successor in the event of an absorption/break-up



M




d/q





PART 3

Definitions and refinement of reporting instructions







RIAD code


The unique identification code for any organisational unit in RIAD comprised of two parts: ‘host’ and ‘id’.
The values for the two parts combined ensure that this primary key is unique:






—


2-digit country ISO-3166 country codes,










—


free string.





[compulsory item for creating an entity in RIAD]





Alias identifiers


Open list of a multitude of identification codes consisting of identifiers that may or may not adhere to any (semi) industry standard. As it can include pure ‘national’ codes the entire list is not compulsory for all data-providing institutions. Examples are national business register codes, the EuroGroups Register code, the Legal Entity Identifier (as available) and the ‘BIC’ code.
In order to be operational in the data exchange between an NCB and RIAD the identifier must be registered in a specific code list of the system.




ISIN


‘International Securities Identifying Number’ as defined in the ISO 6166. In RIAD the ISIN code appears in two ways:






—


in the case of IFs and FVCs the reporting requirements include the obligation to report (all) outstanding (not redeemed) securities issued by an financial corporation,










—


as each security issued by a corporation is equally identifying the entity in an unique way, any single ISIN code of issued (and possibly) quoted shares or other outstanding debt securities can be used to identify the organisational unit itself.








 




Name


Full registration name, including company designations (e.g. Plc, Ltd, SpA, AG, etc.).




Country of residence


Country of legal incorporation or registration.

[compulsory item for creating an entity in RIAD]





Address


The location details of an organisational unit; where applicable composed of four parts:




City








—


the city of location,








Address








—


the street name and the number of the building,








Postal code








—


the post code, using the national postal system conventions,








Postal box








—


the post office box number, using national postal system conventions.








Area code


Geographical classification required for statistical purposes.




Legal form


The domain of applicable legal forms follow individual national code lists, which need to be registered in RIAD before they can be used in the data transfer by any data-providing NCBs.




Flag Listed (4)



Flag indicating if an organisational unit is listed at any stock exchange (domestic or abroad) or its stocks are traded through an exchange; can inversely be used to indicate the ‘delisting’ of an entity.




Flag Supervised (4)



Flag indicating whether an entity is subject to any supervisory regime entrusted to national and/or supranational authorities.




Reporting requirements


Open code lists that can be used to record in a central repository which national and/or supra-national reporting obligations an entity is subject to; one entity can be subject to multiple requirements.
The domain of applicable individual national code lists need to be registered in RIAD before they can be used in the data transfer by any data-providing NCBs.




Type of licence


Attribute indicating if an entity is holding a (specific) licence as certified by national and/or supranational authorities.
Detailed national code lists can be registered in RIAD to allow the identification of specific licence regimes/frameworks.




 




Capital variability


This variable specifies any restrictions on the amount of shares the fund may issue, i.e. representing an ‘open-end’ or ‘closed-end’ fund.




UCITS compliance


Flag specifying if a fund is ‘UCITS’ compliant.




Legal set-up


This variable specifies the legal form which an IF can take.




Sub-fund


This variable specifies whether an IF is a sub-fund.




Nature of securitisation


This variable specifies the type of securitisation undertaken by an FVC.




Flag E-money issuer — licence (4)



Flag indicating whether an entity holds a specific 'electronic money issuer' licence (according to Article 2 of Directive 2009/110/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (1)).




Flag E-money issuer — business (4)



Flag indicating whether an entity is actually carrying out the business of an 'electronic money issuer'.




Flag Payment service provider — licence (4)



Flag indicating whether an entity holds a specific ‘payment service provider’ licence (according to Article 4 of Directive 2007/64/EC).




Flag Payment service provider — business (4)



Flag indicating if an entity is actually carrying out the business of a ‘payment service provider’.




Flag Payment system operator (4)



Flag indicating if an entity is a ‘payment system operator’ according to Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43)




Comment


Free text.




 




NACE


Principal activity in accordance with NACE Rev.2 (4 digits class).




Total employment


Number of employees; if possible measured in ‘full time equivalents’ (FTEs).




Total solo balance sheet (ECB Regulation)


Total balance sheet amount according to the respective BSI/IF/FVC Regulation (denominated in EUR).




Net assets, NAV


For IFs the value of ‘shares/units’ (NAV); for credit institutions approximated by ‘capital and reserves’ (denominated in EUR).




ESA 2010


ESA 2010 institutional sectors (4 digit code); may include classification public/national private/foreign controlled.




Sub-sector type


Expansion of the ESA 2010 classification, allowing the identification of sub-categories of the standard National Accounts breakdown.




 




Birth date


Date of legal incorporation of a legal unit or registration of an institutional unit; if this information cannot be derived (with reasonable effort) an approximation needs to be provided.

[compulsory item for creating an entity in RIAD; can be approximated]





Closure date


Date of de-registration of an entity. All entities stay in RIAD even beyond their ‘closure date’.




ad existence



Queries concerning whether an individual unit ‘exists’ at a specific point in time (or not) can be derived from the ‘closure date’.





Activity status (4)



Flag indicating if an entity is ‘active’, ‘not active’ or ‘in liquidation’; this attribute is an addition to the information concerning whether an entity is (still) in existence.




ad liquidation



The validity start date of the value ‘in liquidation’ (see ‘activity status’) marks the date of the start of the liquidation process.





ad absorption



In RIAD corporate captions such as mergers and splits are mapped by registering the relevant deletions, modifications or creations plus the related predecessor/successor relationships.





 




Relationship between legal unit(s) and enterprise


Allows the recording of the relationship between a legal unit and the enterprise that it operates, reflecting the concept that an enterprise may correspond either to one legal unit or to a combination of legal units.




Control relationship


Link between legal units, based on the concept of 'control' as defined in Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (2) (> 50 % ownership rule).




Ownership relationship


Link between legal units, based on the concept of percentage 'capital share', 'voting rights' etc. as for example represented by the > 10 % rule defined in the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development FDI benchmark.




Link between a ‘sub-fund’ and an ‘umbrella fund’


Allows the recording of the respective relationships if an umbrella fund segregates its assets into different sub-funds in such a way that shares/units relating to each sub-fund are independently backed by different assets (see Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013) (ECB/2013/38).




 




Management company


Description of the registered management company of a fund or financial vehicle corporation — name, residency, institutional sector code and RIAD code (for Union resident units).
Needs to be linked to any related IF(s) or FVC(s) that the entity is managing.




Headquarter


Description of the registered (ultimate) headquarter of a branch operating in a Union Member State — name, residency, institutional sector code and RIAD code (for Union resident units).
Needs to be linked to the relevant branch established in a Union country.




Originator


Description of the registered company that established the FVC for the purpose of the securitisation and transferred the assets, or a pool of assets, and/or the credit risk of the asset or pool of assets to the securitisation structure — name, residency, institutional sector code and RIAD code (for Union resident units).
Needs to be linked to the relevant FVC(s) that the entity has established.




PART 4

Data Transmission

NCBs can provide (updates of) reference data online or in batch mode via RIAD, in accordance with one of the formats presented in the document entitled ‘Exchange Specification for the RIAD Data Exchange System’. The insertion of new entities in RIAD (as well as exceptional deletion from the database) is also possible in online or in batch mode.
RIAD takes a parsimonious approach to the management of reference data, which means that any change in the reference data of an individual entity can be applied for specific (single) attributes. Except in the case of material error, no unit registered in RIAD is erased; its life span is determined by entering a creation or closure date. Modifications of single attributes are implemented via the change (of the validity range) of specific values.


(1)  For further description and metadata see Part 3.

(2)  PSRIs: payment statistics relevant institutions; please note that the list of PSRIs may overlap with the list of MFIs

(3)  only for ‘large banking groups’ with headquarters in the euro area (see Article 12)

(4)  For simple flags no specific validity ranges may need to be provided in the first go.

(1)  Directive 2009/110/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 September 2009 on the taking up, pursuit and prudential supervision of the business of electronic money institutions amending Directives 2005/60/EC and 2006/48/EC and repealing Directive 2000/46/EC (OJ L 267, 10.10.2009, p. 7).

(2)  Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on the annual financial statements, consolidated financial statements and related reports of certain types of undertakings, amending Directive 2006/43/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC (OJ L 182, 29.6.2013, p. 19).





ANNEX VI

BACK DATA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

1.   ESA 2010 requirements — quarterly back data or estimates for MFS building blocks (stocks and flows (1)
data)














Table 1:


Requirements from Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33)






Data needed




1


Loans granted to:






(a)


the MFI sub-sectors










(b)


general government and FVCs with maturity breakdown






Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(high priority)





2


Breakdown of shares and other equity:






(a)


for total MFI, total non-MFI and total rest of the world issuers, split of ‘shares and other equity’ into: ‘listed shares’, ‘unlisted shares’ and ‘other equity’










(b)


for non-MFI sub-sectors other financial intermediaries (OFIs), insurance corporations (ICs), pension funds (PFs) and non-financial corporations (NFCs): split of ‘shares and other equity’ into: ‘listed shares’, ‘unlisted shares’ and ‘other equity’






Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(high priority)





3


Breakdowns of deposits received from the MFIs sub-sectors: total figures of deposits per (new) non-MFIs counterparty (sub-) sectors and overnight deposits for central government, to obtain a better overview across non-MFIs sub-sectors


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(very high priority)





4


Breakdown of financial derivatives: by sector (MFIs/non-MFIs) and geographical area (domestic/other euro area Member States/rest of the world)


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(low priority)





5


OFIs sector — separate identification of IFs


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(high priority)





6


New OFIs sector — merged sub-sectors S.125-S.127 and holding companies of NFCs


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(very high priority)





7


Split of the current ICPFs sector to ICs sector and PFs sector


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(high priority)





















Table 2:


Requirements from Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38)






Data needed




1


ESA 2010 sectors: separate identification of investment fund sector


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(high priority)





2


ESA 2010 sectors: merging new OFI sector


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(very high priority)





















Table 3:


Requirements from Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40)






Data needed




1


Securitised loans — sector breakdowns


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data

(low priority)





2.   Back data or estimates for all the new high priority features adopted in the Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33) from June 2014














Table 4:


Requirements from Regulation (ECB/2013/33)






Data needed




1


Monthly loans granted to:






(a)


the MFI sub-sectors










(b)


general government and FVCs with maturity breakdown






Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




2


Monthly data on loan sales and securitisation


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




3


Monthly data on breakdowns of deposits:






(a)


received from the MFI sub-sectors










(b)


total figures of deposits per (new) non-MFI counterparty (sub-) sectors and overnight deposits for central government






Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




4


Total accrued interest per balance sheet instrument, loans, debt securities held, deposits and debt securities issued, on a quarterly basis


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




5


Monthly data on the OFI sector — separate identification of Ifs


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




6


Monthly data on the new OFI sector — merged sub-sectors S.125-S.127 incl. holding companies of NFCs


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




7


Monthly data on split of the current ICPF sector into IC and PF sectors


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




8


Monthly data on credit lines broken down by counterparty sector


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




9


Monthly data on intra-group positions


Back data or estimates for stocks and flows data




3.   Back data or estimates for the following new features adopted in the Regulation (EU) No 1072/2013 (ECB/2013/34) and this Guideline from June 2014














Table 5:


Requirements from Regulation (ECB/2013/34) and this Guideline






Data needed




1


Monthly data on new breakdowns by remaining maturity and interest rate reset for MIR on outstanding amounts


Back data or estimates for interest rates




2


Monthly data on new breakdowns by renegotiated loans for MIR


Back data or estimates for interest rates and volumes






(1)  Lower priority is attached to additional efforts to estimate flow adjustments for ESA 2010 back data for periods before 2014Q2, especially in cases where the Working Group on Monetary and Financial Statistics fact-finding exercise suggested that any estimate would either be of poor quality or result from a difference in stocks.





GLOSSARY

Attributes are statistical concepts that provide users with additional coded (e.g. the unit) and uncoded (e.g. the compilation method) information about exchanged data. ‘Mandatory’ applies to attributes that must take a value, otherwise the observations they refer to are considered meaningless. ‘Conditional’ applies to attributes that are only defined if they are available in the reporting institution (e.g. domestic series ids) or whenever they are relevant (e.g. compilation, breaks, etc.), and they can take empty values.

Bond funds are investment funds (IFs) primarily investing in debt securities. The criteria for classifying investment funds into bond funds are derived from the public prospectus, fund rules, instruments of incorporation, established statutes or by-laws, subscription documents or investment contracts, marketing documents, or any other statement with similar effect.

Branches are unincorporated entities, without independent legal status, wholly owned by their parent.

Branch of activity is an economic activity included in the statistical classification of economic activities in the Union - NACE Rev. 2. (1)


Branch of a credit institution means the place of business, other than the head office, which is located in the reporting country and has been established by a credit institution legally incorporated in another country. All places of business set up in the reporting country by the same institution legally incorporated in another country, constitute a single branch. Each of these places of business is counted as an individual office (see Office).

Capital shares issued by limited liability companies are securities that give their holders the status of joint owners and entitle them to a share in the total distributed profits and in the net assets in the event of liquidation.

Captive financial institutions and money lenders are financial corporations and quasi-corporations that are neither engaged in financial intermediation nor in providing financial auxiliary services, and where most of either their assets or their liabilities are not transacted on open markets. This subsector includes holding companies that hold controlling-levels of equity of a group of subsidiary corporations and whose principal activity is owning the group without providing any other service to the businesses in which the equity is held; that is, they do not administer or manage other units (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.98 to 2.99)

Cards offer the cardholder, in accordance with the agreement with the card issuer, one or more of the following functions: cash, debit, delayed debit, credit and e-money.

Central bank is a financial corporation and quasi-corporation whose principal function is to issue currency, to maintain the internal and external value of the currency and to hold all or part of the international reserves of the country.

Central government consists of administrative departments of the state and other central agencies whose competence extends over the whole economic territory, except for the administration of social security funds (ESA 2010, paragraph 2.114).

Cheque is a written order from one party (the drawer) to another (the drawee; normally a credit institution) requiring the drawee to pay a specified sum on demand to the drawer or to a third party specified by the drawer.

Closed-end investment funds are IFs with a fixed number of issued shares whose shareholders have to buy or sell existing shares to enter or leave the fund.

Credit institution has the same meaning as defined in Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.

Currency in circulation is banknotes and coins in circulation that are issued or authorised by monetary authorities.

Currency of issue is defined as the currency denomination of the security.

Debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt that are usually traded on secondary markets, or can be offset on the market, and do not grant the holder any ownership rights over the issuing institution.

Deposits redeemable at notice are non-transferable deposits, without any agreed maturity, that cannot be converted into currency without a period of prior notice before the term of which conversion into cash is not possible or only possible subject to a penalty. This includes deposits that, although perhaps legally withdrawable on demand, would be subject to penalties and restrictions in accordance with national practices (classified in the maturity band ‘up to and including three months’) and investment accounts without a period of notice or agreed maturity, but which contain restrictive drawing provisions (classified in the maturity band ‘over three months’).

Deposits with agreed maturity are non-transferable deposits that cannot be converted into currency before an agreed fixed term or can be converted into currency before an agreed term, but the holder is then charged a penalty. Financial products with roll-over provisions must be classified according to their earliest maturity. Although deposits with an agreed maturity may allow for earlier redemption after prior notification or may be redeemable on demand subject to penalties, these features are not considered relevant for classification purposes.

Domestic payment transaction has the same meaning as ‘national payment transaction’ as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 260/2012.

Dividend shares issued by limited liability companies are securities, which according to the country and the circumstances in which they are created, have a variety of names such as founders’ shares, profits shares, dividends shares, etc. These securities: (a) do not form part of the registered capital; (b) do not give the holders the status of joint owners in the strict sense; and (c) do not entitle the holders to a proportion of any profits remaining after dividends are paid on the registered capital and to a fraction of any surplus remaining on liquidation.

Electronic money means electronically, including magnetically, stored monetary value as represented by a claim on the issuer issued on receipt of funds for the purpose of making payment transactions as defined in Article 4(5) of Directive 2007/64/EC, and accepted by a natural or legal person other than the electronic money issuer.

Electronic money institution is a legal person that has been granted authorisation to issue electronic money as defined in Article 2 of Directive 2009/110/EC.

Equity funds are investment funds primarily investing in equity. The criteria for classifying investment funds into equity funds are derived from the public prospectus, fund rules, instruments of incorporation, established statutes or by-laws, subscription documents or investment contracts, marketing documents, or any other statement with similar effect.

Euro banknotes and coins held by the central government are banknotes and coins issued by the European Central Bank, euro area national central banks and central governments, and are held by the central government.

Eurobonds are bonds, placed simultaneously on the market of at least two countries and denominated in a currency which need not be that of either, usually through an international syndicate of financial corporations from several countries.

Exceptional revision is a revision to data referring to periods prior to the previous reference period.

Exchange traded funds (ETFs) are defined in line with the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) Guidelines on ETFs (ESMA/2012/832). ESMA defines a UCITS ETF as a UCITS at least one unit or share class of which is traded throughout the day on at least one regulated market or Multilateral Trading Facility with at least one market maker that takes action to ensure that the stock exchange value of its units or shares does not significantly vary from its net asset value and where applicable its Indicative Net Asset Value. For the purposes of this Guideline, non-UCITs that comply with the ESMA ETF definition should be included here.

Financial auxiliaries consist of all financial corporations and quasi-corporations that are principally engaged in activities closely related to financial intermediation but which are not financial intermediaries themselves. Head offices whose subsidiaries are all or mostly financial corporations are also financial auxiliaries (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.95-2.97).

Financial corporations engaged in lending (FCLs), classified as OFIs, are financial corporations principally specialised in asset financing for households and non-financial corporations. Corporations specialising in financial leasing, factoring, mortgage lending and consumer lending are included in this category. These financial corporations may operate under the legal form of a building society, municipal credit institution, etc.

Financial derivatives are financial instruments linked to a specified financial instrument, indicator, or commodity, through which specific financial risks can be traded in financial markets on their own right.

Financial leases are contracts whereby the legal owner of a durable good (hereinafter the ‘lessor’) lends it to a third party (hereinafter the ‘lessee’) for most if not all of the economic lifetime of the good, in exchange for instalments covering the cost of the good plus an imputed interest charge. The lessee is in fact assumed to receive all of the benefits derivable from the use of the good and to incur the costs and risks associated with ownership.

Financial vehicle corporations engaged in securitisation transactions (FVCs) are defined in Article 1(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40).

Fixed rate issues include all issues where the coupon payment, based on the security principal coupon rate, does not change during the life of the issue. Securities that are not issued at straight fixed or straight variable rates, i.e. mixed rate issues, are also included (e.g. fixed then variable rate issues, variable then fixed rate issues, issues that do not have the same coupon payment over the lifetime of the securities, step-up securities and step-down securities).

Flows, also referred to as (financial) transactions, are calculated by taking the difference between end-month stocks and then removing those effects that do not arise from transactions. Non-transaction developments are removed by means of flow adjustments.

Funds mean banknotes and coins, scriptural money and electronic money.

Funds of funds are investment funds primarily investing in investment funds’ shares or units. The criteria for classifying investment funds into funds of funds are derived from the public prospectus, fund rules, instruments of incorporation, established statutes or by-laws, subscription documents or investment contracts, marketing documents, or any other statement with similar effect. They are to be classified in the category of funds in which they primarily invest.

General government comprises institutional units that are non-market producers whose output is intended for individual and collective consumption, and are financed by compulsory payments made by units belonging to other sectors, and institutional units principally engaged in the redistribution of national income and wealth (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.111 to 2.113). General government includes the central government, state government, local government and social security funds (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.114 to 2.117). For further guidance on the sectoral classification of units, please refer to the Monetary financial institutions and markets statistics sector manual: Guidance for the statistical classification of customers, European Central Bank, third edition March 2007.

Global bonds are bonds that are issued simultaneously on the domestic and euro market.

Hardware-based e-money includes e-money products that provide customers with a portable electronic device, typically an integrated circuit card containing a microprocessor chip (e.g. prepaid cards).

Hedge funds, for the purpose of this Guideline, mean any collective investment undertakings regardless of its legal structure under national laws, which apply relatively unconstrained investment strategies to achieve positive absolute returns, and whose managers, in addition to management fees, are remunerated in relation to the fund’s performance. For that purpose, hedge funds have few restrictions on the type of financial instruments in which they may invest and may therefore flexibly employ a wide variety of financial techniques, involving leverage, short-selling or any other techniques. This definition also covers funds that invest, in full or in part, in other hedge funds provided that they otherwise meet the definition. These criteria to identify hedge funds must be assessed against the public prospectus as well as fund rules, statutes or by-laws, subscription documents or investment contracts, marketing documents or any other statement with similar effect in respect of the fund.

Households comprise individuals or groups of individuals as consumers and as entrepreneurs producing market goods and non-financial and financial services (market producers) provided that the production of goods and services is not by separate entities treated as quasi-corporations. It also includes individuals or groups of individuals as producers of goods and non-financial services for exclusively own final use (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.118 to 2.128).

Insurance corporations are financial corporations and quasi-corporations that are principally engaged in financial intermediation as a consequence of the pooling of risks mainly in the form of direct insurance or reinsurance (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.100 to 2.104)

Insurance-linked securitisations are securitisations where there is a transfer of insurance policies achieved either by the transfer of legal title or beneficial interest to an FVC, or there is a transfer of insurance risks from an insurance or reinsurance undertaking to an FVC which fully funds its exposure to such risks through the issuance of financing instruments, and the repayment rights of the investors in those financing instruments are subordinated to the reinsurance obligations of the FVC.

International institutions comprise supranational and international organisations, such as the European Investment Bank, the IMF and the World Bank.

Investment funds are defined in the first indent of Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38).

Issuers of securities are those corporations and quasi-corporations engaged in issuing securities and incurring a legal obligation to the bearers of these instruments in accordance with the terms of issue.

Issue of bonus shares is the remittance of new shares to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings.

Listed shares, also referred to as quoted shares, excluding investment fund’s shares/units are equity securities listed on an exchange. Such an exchange may be a recognised stock exchange or any other form of secondary market. Listed shares are also referred to as quoted shares. The existence of quoted prices of shares listed on an exchange means that current market prices are usually readily available.

Loans are funds lent by reporting agents to borrowers that are not evidenced by documents or are represented by a single document (even if it has become negotiable).

Long-term debt securities comprise all issues of debt securities with a long-term original maturity of more than one year; long-term securities are generally issued with coupons.

Means of payments, also referred to as settlement media, are assets or claims on assets that are accepted by the payee as discharging a payment obligation of the payer vis-à-vis the payee.

Mixed funds are investment funds investing in both equity and bonds with no prevailing policy in favour of one or the other instrument. The criteria for classifying investment funds into mixed funds are derived from the public prospectus, fund rules, instruments of incorporation, established statutes or by-laws, subscription documents or investment contracts, marketing documents, or any other statement with similar effect.

Monetary financial institutions (MFIs) other than central banks are defined in Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

Money Market Funds (MMFs) are defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

Money-holding sector includes all non-MFI residents in the euro area, excluding the central government sector.

Net asset value (NAV) of an investment fund is the value of its assets minus its liabilities, excluding investment fund shares.

Non-financial corporations are institutional units that are independent legal entities and market producers, and whose principal activity is production of goods and non-financial services. This sector also includes non-financial quasi-corporations (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.45 to 2.54)

Non-monetary financial institutions (non-MFIs) are defined in Annex I, Part 2, of Regulation (EU) No 1071/2013 (ECB/2013/33).

Non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs) consist of non-profit institutions that are separate legal entities, serve households, and are private non-market producers. Their principal resources are voluntary contributions in cash or in kind from households in their capacity as consumers, from payments made by general governments and from property income (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.129 to 2.130).

Non-resident issuers comprise units that are: (a) located in the economic territory of the reporting country, but which do not and do not intend to engage in economic activities or transactions for a period of one year or more in the territory of the reporting country; or (b) located outside the economic territory of the reporting country.

Notional resident units are defined as: (a) those parts of non-resident units that have a centre of predominant economic interest (which usually means they engage in economic transactions for a year or more) in the economic territory of the country; (b) non-resident units in their capacity as owners of land or buildings in the economic territory of the country, but only in respect of transactions affecting such land or buildings.

Office is a place of business that forms a legally dependent part of: (a) a credit institution or a non-EEA-based bank; (b) a central bank; or (c) another institution offering payment services to non-MFIs, and directly carries out some or all of the transactions inherent to the credit institutions business.

Open-end investment funds are investment funds whose units or shares are, at the request of the holders, repurchased or redeemed directly or indirectly out of the undertaking’s assets.

Ordinary revision is the revision of data referring to the period preceding the current one.

Other categories of OFIs is a residual category composed of financial corporations that do not specialise in any of the areas of activity that apply to the other two OFI categories (security and derivative dealers and financial corporations engaged in lending). For example, specialised financial corporations such as venture and development capital companies or export/import financing companies are included in this category.

Other deposits are all holdings in deposits other than transferable deposits. Other deposits cannot be used to make payments at any time and are only convertible into currency or transferable deposits subject to a significant restriction or penalty. This subcategory includes time deposits, savings deposits, etc.

Other equity comprises all transactions in other equity that are not covered by listed and unlisted shares.

Other financial institutions are all financial institutions participating in a payment system that are under the supervision of the relevant authorities, i.e. either the central bank or the prudential supervisor, but which do not fall within the definition of credit institutions.

Other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds (OFIs) are financial corporations and quasi-corporations principally engaged in financial intermediation by incurring liabilities in forms other than currency, deposits (or close substitutes to deposits), investment fund shares/units, or in relation to insurance, pension and standardised guarantee schemes from institutional units (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.86 to 2.94).

Other funds are investment funds other than bond funds, equity funds, mixed funds, real estate funds or hedge funds.

Overnight deposits are deposits that are convertible into currency and/or are transferable on demand by cheque, banker’s order, debit entry or similar means, without significant delay, restriction or penalty. Balances representing prepaid amounts in the context of e-money, either in the form of hardware-based e-money (e.g. prepaid cards) or software-based e-money issued by MFIs, are included. Non-transferable deposits, which are technically withdrawable on demand but which are subject to significant penalties, are excluded.

Over-the-counter (OTC) cash transaction is a cash deposit to or cash withdrawal from an account at a bank using a bank form. These transactions do not represent payments in the strict sense since they comprise only a change from the central bank money to the bank account money or vice versa.

Participant is an entity identified/recognised by the transfer system and which is allowed to send and capable of receiving transfer orders to/from the system, either directly or indirectly.

Payment institution has the same meaning as defined in Article 4 of Directive 2007/64/EC.

Payment instrument is a tool or a set of procedures enabling the transfer of funds from the payer to the payee as defined in Article 4 of Directive 2007/64/EC.

Payment order is any instruction by a payer or payee to his payment service provider requesting the execution of a payment transaction.

Payment service as defined in Article 4 of Directive 2007/64/EC is a business activity consisting in the execution of payment transactions on behalf of a natural or legal person, where at least one of the payment service providers is located in the Union. For the purposes of payments statistics, a payment service is understood as the acceptance by an entity (e.g. a credit institution) of a payment transaction for further execution (which may be the task of another entity) by way of cashless clearing and/or settlement.

Payment service provider (PSP) as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2007/64/EC is a natural or legal person whose regular occupation or business activity includes the provision of payment services to payment service users.

Payment service operator (PSO) is a natural or legal person whose regular occupation or business activity includes the provision of technical infrastructure (e.g. telecommunication or payment terminals installed at retailers).

Payment service user is a natural or legal person that makes use of a payment service as payer and/or payee. The payer is the party in a payment transaction issuing the payment order or agreeing to the transfer of funds to a payee. The payee or beneficiary is a natural or legal person that is the intended final recipient of funds which are the subject of a payment transaction.

Payment Statistics Relevant Institutions (PSRI) encompass all entities defined in Article 2.1 of Regulation (EU) No 1409/2013 (ECB/2013/43). PSRIs are identified by offering payment services and/or being entitled to do so. They can be classified in different institutional sectors.

Payment transaction is an act, initiated by the payer or payee, of depositing, withdrawing or transferring funds from a payer to a payee, irrespective of any underlying obligations between payment service users. See also funds and means of payment. ‘Payment transaction’ has the same meaning as defined in Article 4 of Directive 2007/64/EC.

Pension funds are financial corporations and quasi-corporations that are principally engaged in financial intermediation as the consequence of the pooling of social risks and needs of the insured persons (social insurance). Pension funds as social insurance schemes provide income in retirement, and often benefits for death and disability (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.105 to 2.110).

Point of sale (POS) terminals are devices allowing the use of payment cards at a physical (not virtual) point of sale. The payment information is captured either manually on paper vouchers or by electronic means, i.e. EFTPOS.
The POS terminal is designed to enable transmission of information online, with a real-time request for authorisation, and/or offline.

POS transaction is a transaction performed through a POS terminal using a card with a debit, credit or delayed debit function. Transactions using a card with an e-money function are not included.

Post office giro institutions (POGI) are defined in Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1074/2013 (ECB/2013/39).

Private equity funds (PEFs) are unleveraged investment funds that predominantly invest in equity instruments and instruments that are economically similar to equity instruments issued by unlisted companies. A sub-category of PEFs are venture capital funds (VCFs), which invest in start-up companies. PEFs (including VCFs) are normally constituted as closed-end funds or as limited partnerships managed by a private equity company (PEC) or venture capital company (VCC) in the case of VCFs. While PEFs (including VCFs) are classified as investment funds in line with Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 1073/2013 (ECB/2013/38), PECs and VCCs are classified as financial auxiliaries (ESA 2010 category S.126) if they solely manage the assets of PEFs and VCFs; and as other financial intermediaries (ESA 2010 category S.125) if they invest on their own account in private equity.

Private placements refer to the sale of an issue of equity securities to a single buyer or to a limited number of buyers without a public offering.

Privately issued bonds are bonds restricted by bilateral agreement to certain investors, if the bonds are at least potentially transferable.

Real estate funds are investment funds primarily investing in real estate. The criteria for classifying investment funds into real estate funds are derived from the public prospectus, fund rules, instruments of incorporation, established statutes or by-laws, subscription documents or investment contracts, marketing documents, or any other statement with similar effect.

Redeemed shares in limited liability companies are shares whose capital has been repaid but which are retained by the holders who continue to be joint owners and to be entitled to a share in the profits left after dividends have been paid on the remaining registered capital and also to a share in any surplus that may be left on liquidation.

Residency of issuer: the issuing unit is defined as a resident of the reporting country when it has a centre of economic interest in the economic territory of the reporting country; that is, when it engages for an extended period (one year or more) in economic activities in this territory.

Securitisation is defined in Article 1(2) of Regulation (EU) No 1075/2013 (ECB/2013/40).

Security and derivative dealers (SDDs) classified as OFIs are financial corporations authorised to provide investment services to third parties by investing in financial instruments on their own account as their business and principally engaged in the following financial intermediation activities.






a)


Trading on their own account and/or risk, as ‘securities and derivatives dealers’, in new or outstanding financial instruments through the acquisition and sale of those financial instruments for the exclusive purpose of benefiting from the margin between the acquisition and sale price. This also includes market-making activities.










b)


Underwriting financial instruments and/or placing financial instruments on a firm commitment basis.










c)


Assisting firms in issuing new financial instruments through the placement of new financial instruments involving either a firm underwriting commitment or standby commitment to issuers of new issues.





Settlement media, also referred to as means of payment, means assets, or claims on assets, which are used for payments.

Shares (quoted and unquoted) comprise all financial assets that represent property rights on corporations or quasi-corporations. These financial assets generally entitle the holders to a share in the profits of the corporations or quasi-corporations and to a share in their net assets in the event of liquidation.

Shares and other equity, excluding investment fund shares refer to securities holdings, which represent property rights in corporations or quasi-corporations. These securities generally entitle the holders to a share in the profits of corporations or quasi-corporations and to a share in their own funds in the event of liquidation.

Short-term debt securities consist of all issues of debt securities with a short-term original maturity of one year or less; short-term securities are generally issued at a discount. This sub-position does not include securities whose negotiability, while theoretically possible, is very restricted in practice.

Social security funds are central, state and local institutional units whose principal activity is to provide social benefits and which fulfil both of the following two criteria: (a) by law or by regulation certain groups of the population are obliged to participate in the scheme or to pay contributions; and (b) general government is responsible for the management of the institution in respect of the settlement or approval of the contributions and benefits independently from its role as supervisory body or employer (ESA 2010, paragraph 2.117).

Software-based e-money refers to e-money products that use specialised software on a personal computer and can typically be used to transfer the electronic value via telecommunication networks such as the Internet.

Split share issues are issues of shares where the corporation or quasi-corporation increases the number of shares by a ratio or multiple.

State and local government: state government means those types of public administration that are separate institutional units exercising some of the functions of government, except for the administration of social security funds, at a level below that of the central government and above that of the governmental institutional units existing at local level. Local government means those types of public administration whose competence extends only to a local part of the economy, apart from local agencies of social security funds (ESA 2010, paragraphs 2.115 to 2.116).

Sub-funds specify a separate class or designation of unit within a fund which invests in a separate pool or portfolio of investments. A ‘sub-fund’ is also known as a ‘compartment’. Each sub-fund constitutes an autonomous and specialised establishment. Specialisation may relate to a particular financial instrument or a given market.

Subordinated bonds, often referred to as subordinated debt, provide a subsidiary claim on the issuing institution that can only be exercised after all claims with a higher status (e.g. deposits/loans or senior debt securities) have been satisfied, which in some instances may give them some of the characteristics of ‘shares and other equity’.

Synthetic securitisations are securitisations where there is a transfer of credit risk of an asset or pool of assets achieved by the use of credit derivatives, guarantees or any similar mechanism.

Subsidiaries are separate incorporated entities in which another entity has a majority or full participation.

Terminals are electromechanical devices allowing authorised users to access a range of services. Users access the services at the terminal with a card that has one or more of the following functions: cash, debit, delayed debit, credit and e-money. Terminals are physical access points and can be attended terminals (requiring the involvement of a terminal operator or cashier) or unattended terminals (designed to be used by the cardholder in self-service mode).

Traditional securitisations are securitisations where there is a transfer of credit risk of an asset or pool of assets achieved either by the transfer of legal title or beneficial interest of the assets being securitised or through sub-participation.

Transferable deposits are overnight deposits that are directly transferable on demand to make payments to other economic agents by commonly used means of payment, such as credit transfer and direct debit, possibly also by credit or debit card, e-money transactions, cheques, or similar means, without significant delay, restriction or penalty.

Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities (UCITS) are investment funds that have been established in accordance with the UCITS Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (2)


Unlisted shares, excluding investment fund shares, are equity securities not listed on an exchange.

Variable rate issues include all coupon paying issues where the coupon or principal is periodically re-fixed by reference to an independent interest rate or index.

Venture capital funds (VCFs) constitute a sub-category of private equity funds.

Zero coupon bonds include all issues without coupon payment. Usually such bonds are issued at a discount and redeemed at par. They also include bonds issued at par and redeemed at a premium, e.g. bonds whose redemption value is linked to an exchange rate or an index. Most of the discount or premium represents the equivalent of the interest accrued during the life of the bond.


(1)  As set out in Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 December 2006 establishing the statistical classification of economic activities NACE Revision 2 and amending Council Regulation (EEC) No 3037/90 as well as certain EC Regulations on specific statistical domains (OJ L 393, 30.12.2006, p. 1).

(2)  Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ L 302, 17.11.2009, p. 32).